Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
Okuma Multus Operation & Maintenance Manual LE11-165-R4
Citation preview
CNC LATHE
MULTUS B400MULTUS B400-WOPERATION & MAINTENANCE(4th Edition)Pub No. 5347-E-R3 (LE11-165-R4) Feb. 2008
5347-E P-(i)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONSThe machine is equipped with safety devices which serve to protect personnel and the machine itself fromhazards arising from unforeseen accidents. However, operators must not rely exclusively on these safetydevices: they must also become fully familiar with the safety guidelines presented below to ensure accident-free operation.This instruction manual and the warning signs attached to the machine cover only those hazards whichOkuma can predict. Be aware that they do not cover all possible hazards.
1. Moving and Installing the Machine• There are two methods of moving the machine to any desired location; lifting the machine with
the attached lifting hooks and pushing the machine on rollers.
Precautions for Lifting:a. Use the wire rope of 24 mm or over in diameter.
b. Check the wire rope angles so that the ropes do not interfere with the machine.(Do not slant the machine more than 40 degrees from the vertical.)
c. Lift the machine carefully while balancing the machine.
d. When placing the machine on the floor, lower the machine slowly using care not to giveshocks to the machine.
(Machine weight including hydraulic unit, control cabinet, NC unit, and tool magazine)
Precautions for Rollinga. Do not tip over or hit the machine against the ground.
• When selecting the machine installation site, ensure that the following conditions are met.If not, it may be difficult to perform safe operation or maintain the guaranteed accuracy.
a. The machine ambient temperature is within the range from 5 to 40°C.
b. The machine ambient humidity is within the range from 40 to 75% at 20(C and no conden-sation is allowed.
c. Avoid installation near the factory door because the machine is subject to rapid tempera-ture change by warm or cool air blowing against the machine.
d. Also avoid installation in a place which is subject to direct sunlight.
e. For the installation ground conditions, refer to Section 2 “Transportation and Installation(Relocation).”
Machine mass (Approx.)MULTUS B400 14,500 kg (31,900 lb)MULTUS B400-W 15,500 kg(34,100 lb)
5347-E P-(ii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
f. To maintain the guaranteed accuracy, you are advised to care and control the factory tem-perature.
• Prepare the primary power supply that satisfies the following conditions:
a. Primary power supply: 200 V
b. Voltage fluctuation: ±10% or less
c. Power source frequency: 50/60 Hz
d. Do not connect the machine power cable to the same power board as noise generatingequipment, such as an electric welder and electric discharge machine. Doing this willcause the NC to malfunction.
e. The law stipulates that the machine tools must be grounded (by Class D grounding work).When you ask an electrical worker for grounding work, request the worker to perform ClassD grounding based on the electrical facility technical standards.If the machine is notgrounded, it is possible that insulation failure will cause a leak current to flow through thehuman body, resulting in serious injury or accidents involving death.
f. The machine should be grounded independently of other machines. If the machine must begrounded with other machines, do not connect the ground cable to the same ground termi-nal as noise generating equipment, such as an electric welder or an electric dischargemachine.
2. Before Turning on the Power• Make sure that the doors to the operation panel and the electric control cabinet are closed.
• Make sure that there are no obstacles around the machine.
• Turn on the main power disconnect switch before turning on the CONTROL on the operationpanel.
3. Chuck Precautions• Always close the front shield before starting the spindle or cutting operations.
• Always observe the spindle speed maximums for the installed chuck.Never run the spindle exceeding the maximum allowable chuck speed.
• If a chuck or fixture is unique to your application, check the maximum allowable spindle speedand stay within the limit. Also, take note of the workpiece gripping force and balance.
• The maximum spindle speed can be limited by inputting a G50 command with the spindlespeed. The G50 command helps to ensure safety in operation.
Recommended temperature change for 24 hours: : Within ±2°CTemperature difference between the measurement near the floor and the measurement at a position 3 m high from the floor
: Within ±1°C
5347-E P-(iii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• If the spindle must be rotated close to the maximum allowable chuck speed, observe the follow-ing points:The maximum allowable spindle speed and application pressure are indicated on the nameplate on the front shield and on the chuck body. The allowable maximum speed and the applica-ble pressure ensure a chucking force that is more than one-third over the original chuck grip-ping force with the standard soft-top jaw set in line with the periphery of the chuck body.
a. Make sure that the workpiece clamped in the chuck is balanced.
b. Apply the allowable maximum amount of pressure to grip the workpiece because centrifu-gal force reduces the chuck gripping force.
• If special jaws (larger than standard soft-top jaws) are used, observe the following points:
a. Lower the spindle speed because centrifugal force and lower efficiency reduce the chuckgripping force.
b. If the jaw tightening nut (jaw nut) is outside of the periphery of the chuck, only one tighten-ing bolt is holding the jaws in place. This is a potentially dangerous condition. Jaw nutsmust always be within the periphery of the chuck.
c. Machine the jaws to the workpiece shape.
• Securely tighten the bolts on the chuck body, the jaws, and the block to the specified torque.Use lubrication oil. Make sure that the torque is at least 392 to 490 N (88 to 110 lbf).
4. General Checks• Check the amount of lubricating oil every day before starting operation.
• Always use the specified brand of lubricating oil.
• Use the recommended type of cutting fluid (coolant) when possible.
• It is recommended to use a water-soluble coolant to prevent fire. Do not attempt unmannedoperation if a non-soluble coolant is used.
• Change and replenish the lubricating oil and coolant in each reservoir according to the sched-ules in the manual.
• Clean the filters according to the schedules in the manual.
• Make sure that each pressure gauge on the air and hydraulic lines display the correct value asdescribed in this manual.
• Always turn off the power before beginning any work inside the front shield. In addition, turn offthe power before beginning work at the back of the machine that requires an operator to enterthe machine operating zone.
5347-E P-(iv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
5. Before Starting Operation• Always follow the instructions in the operation manual.
• Always make sure that all of the protective covers including the front door and the chuck coverare in place before operating the machine.
• Always close the front shield before starting operation.
• Never attempt to run a new program without checking its operation. Run the program without aworkpiece set in the chuck and make sure that there is no interference. After making sure thatthe program has no bugs, cut a workpiece in the single block mode. If no problems are discov-ered, automatic operation may be started.
• Before attempting the following operations, make sure that they can be accomplished safety.
a. Spindle rotation
b. Turret indexing
c. Axis movement
• Never touch chips or the workpiece while the spindle is rotating.
• Never attempt to stop a moving object by hand or with a tool.
• Check the jaw installation conditions, the hydraulic pressure, and the maximum allowable spin-dle speed for the power chuck.
• Check the installation and arrangement of the tools.
• Check the tool offset settings.
• Check the zero offset settings.
• Make sure that the spindle speed and feedrate override settings are at 100%.
• Before feeding the turret, check the software limit setting.
• Check the turret index/rotation position.
• Check the tailstock body position.
• Make sure the cutting operation is within the allowable transmission power and torque ranges.
• Make sure that the workpiece securely fitted in the chuck or fixture.
• Check the cutting fluid nozzle positions. They must be set to properly supply cutting fluid to theappropriate points.
5347-E P-(v)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
6. Precautions against Fire• Selecting Coolant
Use nonflammable coolant.a. Never use oil coolant because it could catch fire from heated chips, tool’s frictional heat, or
grinding spark.
When using oil coolant for unavoidable reason, observe the following:a. Check the tool edge condition, tool life, and set the cutting conditions that never cause fire
before you start machining.
b. Clean the coolant filter at regular intervals to maintain sufficient coolant discharge, andalways check the coolant for normal discharge.
c. Take every measures so that you can extinguish the fire immediately by placing a fire extin-guisher near the machine and have an operator always watch the machining condition, orinstalling an auto extinguisher.
d. Do not place any flammable objects near the machine.
e. Dispose of chips not to allow them to stack.
f. Periodically clean the inside and surrounding of the machine while checking that all thedevices are normally operating.
g. Never attempt untended operation.
h. When using oil coolant for grinding, you are requested to install fire-fighting equipmentsuch as auto extinguisher. In this case, inform us of your intention in the stage of examiningyour facility.
• When machining flammable material
a. Before machining any of the flammable solid materials such as resin, rubber, or wood,carefully study and understand the material characteristics and observe the above precau-tions to take all possible measures to prevent fire.
b. Use particular care when machining magnesium, because its chips react to the water-solu-ble coolant and generate hydrogen. The hydrogen may catch fire from burnt chips, result-ing in explosive fire.
• Performing Dry Machining
a. Dry machining is a fire hazard because workpiece, tool, or chips are not cooled. Therefore,never place any flammable objects near the machine and dispose of chips not to allowthem to stack.
b. Take the same safety measures as in the case of using oil coolant described above, suchas checking the tool edge state and tool life, and setting cutting conditions that never causefire.
• Emergency Measures in Door-close and Power-OFF State
a. Should fire break out in the machine when the door is closed and the power is OFF, openthe door using the door lock switch release key and extinguish the fire.(For details, refer to “Safety door switch” in Section 3. Interlock.)
5347-E P-(vi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
7. Setup• Make sure that setup is complete.
• If the setup is changed, operate the machine step-by-step to make sure that cutting can be per-formed without any problems.
• Before changing the chuck and/or chuck jaws, make sure that the chuck fits the intended job.
• If two or more workers must work together, establish signals so that they can communicate (forexample, when lifting or setting heavy objects). Each worker should be aware when a new pro-cess is about to begin.
• Use the crane or equivalent tool to handle heavy objects.
• When attempting an unfamiliar setup, recheck the setup before beginning operation.
• Remove unnecessary toolholders from the turret.
• Ensure that the bolts for fixing the toolholders to the turret are securely tightened.
• Remove the bolts which are not used for fixing the toolholders.
8. Workpiece Loading and Unloading• Make sure that workpieces are loaded and unloaded securely.
• Before loading or unloading a workpiece, retract the turret so that the cutting tools in the turretcannot injure the operator.
• Before loading and unloading a workpiece, make sure that the spindle has come to a completestop.
• Before running a new program, rotate the spindle to make sure that the workpiece is securelyclamped in the chuck.
• Before machining an irregularly-shaped workpiece, make sure that it is balanced properly.
• When handling heavy workpieces, use the a crane, hoist, or other similar tool.
• Before loading a workpiece, make sure that the workpiece has a portion that can be used forproper chucking.
9. At the End of the Day• Clean the machine.
• Move the turret to the predetermined retraction position.
• Turn off the CONTROL, before turning off the main power disconnect switch.
• Make sure all power switches are turned off.
5347-E P-(vii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
10. When a Problem Occurs• Stop the machine immediately by pressing the EMERGENCY STOP switch on the operation
panel.
• Consult with the person in charge of maintenance to determine what corrective measures needto be taken.
• If two or more workers must work together, establish signals so that they can communicate (forexample, when lifting or setting heavy objects). Each worker should be aware when a new pro-cess is about to begin.
• Only use specified replacement parts and fuses.
11. Powerful Magnet inside the ProductSome products contain powerful magnets, which could be dangerous if exposed by disassemblingthe products. Those which contain powerful magnets are provided with a caution plate to indicatewhere such magnets are used.
(1) Get assistance from Okuma for disassembling or repairing the powerful magnet housing unit.
• It is dangerous as strong magnetic attraction is exposed while/after disassembling thestrong magnetic housing unit.
• Disassembling work requires special knowledge and jigs.
(2) Danger of powerful magnetFollowing are the examples of possible damage caused by being close to powerful magnet.
• Medical electronic instruments such as pacemaker produce malfunction, resulting in seri-ous bodily injury or loss of life.
• Implanted magnetic metal devices such as artificial eye, clip used for artery of the brain,etc. get attracted by powerful magnet, resulting in loss of life.
• Metal clothing accessories get attracted by powerful magnet, resulting in bodily injury.
• Tools or parts get attracted by powerful magnet, resulting in bodily injury.
• Precision instrument becomes out of order.
• Magnetic memory device causes data loss.
(3) Contact Okuma when disassembling a magnet housing unit is necessary to dispose of themachine.
12. General Precautions• Wear appropriate clothing.
• Keep the machine and the area around it clean and organized.
• Never touch controls or switches with wet hands.
5347-E P-(viii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
13. Safety Devices and Functions
14. Symbols Used in This ManualThe following warning indications are used in this manual to draw attention to information of particu-lar importance. Read the instructions marked with these symbols carefully and follow them.
Contents Location RemarkFront shield with safety glass and polycarbonate MachineShield open/close interlock MachineChuck interlock Electric control cabinetFoot pedal protection cover Machine optionalSoftware limit Operation panelChuck barrier Operation panelTurret barrier Operation panelTailstock barrier Operation panel optionalEmergency stop button Operation panelSlide hold button Operation panelAlarm display Operation panelShort circuit breaker Electric control cabinet optionalSelf-lock cylinder for chuck MachineCycle start requiring simultaneous depression of both buttons Machine optionalTurret rotation at low speeds (manual) MachineMagazine door open/close interlock Machine
indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moder-ate injury.
indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to your property.
indicates general instructions for safe operation.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
5347-E P-(ix)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
15. For Safe Chuck Work• When using a chuck, refer to the instruction manual provided by the manufacture of the chuck.
And strictly observe the safety items stated in the manual.
• Set the chuck gripping force by ensuring sufficient margin of safety (2 to 3 or over). Run thespindle within the allowable speed range set at this time.
LE11165R0400100160001
• In constant peripheral speed cutting, calculate the actual machining speed before designatingG50 (max. speed limit function).
LE11165R0400100160002
• Secure the jaw gripping depth as much as possible.
LE11165R0400100160003
• When gripping a workpiece, soft top jaws must be at the central area of the entire jaws stroke(see the illustration) or the base line mark on the master jaws must be located within the appro-priate chuck stroke range.
LE11165R0400100160004
Centrifugal force
µ× (F0-f)×R0>F1×R1
F1F0
R0 R1
(Cutting force)
N = (1000 × V) / (π × D)
N:Spindle speed
V:Cutting speed
π:Circumference-to-diameter ratio, 3.14
D:Machining diameter
Must bedeep
Appr
opria
te st
roke
rang
eCe
ntral
one t
hird o
f the e
ntire
strok
eEn
tire
strok
e
5347-E P-(x)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Before machining an unbalanced workpiece, carry out balancing of the workpiece weight bygradually changing the spindle speed.
LE11165R0400100160005
• Never attempt to install jigs using T-nut.Be sure to fix the jigs with bolts.No chucks prepared by Okuma have T-groove.
LE11165R0400100160006
• When inserting a bar material into the hollow chuck, ensure that the bar does not protrude fromthe rear end of the cylinder.
LE11165R0400100160007
• Never use double chucking method.
LE11165R0400100160008
16. Caution Plate• The machine and its components are fitted with various caution plates. Carefully read these
plates and follow the instructions described there.
• Do not tear or damage the caution plates. In case a plate has been lost or become illegible, askus for a new plate, quoting the Okuma part number written in this manual.
Clamping block Balance weight
T-slot Jig
Jaw
T-nut
Bolt
Cylinder Hollow chuck
Chuck
Workpiece
5347-E P-(xi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
16-1. Caution Plate Positions
LE11165R0400100180001
9
8814
1314
9
99
99
9
18
3
1716
12
10
7
5
4
2
1
19
20
11
15
6
21
W-m
odel
from
righ
t
C-m
odel
from
righ
t
5347-E P-(xii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
No. Item Japanese English German Swedish Finnish(1) General warnings H1090-1023-68-1 H1090-1019-33-1 H1090-1019-31-3 H1090-1029-74-3 H1090-1081-69-1
(2) Oil supply instruction plate H1090-1088-11-2 H1090-1088-12-3 H1090-1088-79-1 H1090-1096-96-1 H1090-1096-95-1
(3) Set chuck pressure H1042-1177-12-2 H1044-1102-35-2 H1044-1102-37-2 H1044-1102-36-2 H1044-1102-41-2
(4) Door warning H1090-1018-80 H1090-1018-82 H1090-1018-84-2 H1090-1018-86 H1090-1018-91
(5) Cautions on work projection H1090-1018-81 H1090-1018-83 H1090-1018-85-1 H1090-1018-87-1 H1090-1018-90
(6) Cautions on chuck replacement H1090-1018-61 H1090-1018-62 H1090-1018-63-2 H1090-1018-64 H1090-1018-66
(7) Warning against fire H1090-1020-42-1 H1090-1018-35-1 H1090-1018-36 H1090-1018-37-1 H1090-1018-39-1
(8) Cautions against drop of turret X-axis H1090-1078-07 H1090-1078-12 H1090-1080-48-1 H1090-1080-55 H1090-1080-69
(9) Cautions for removing cover H1090-1020-35 H1090-1018-33 H1090-1020-36-1 H1090-1020-37-2 H1090-1020-39-1
(10) Instructions on oil mist lubrication unit H1090-1078-08-1 H1090-1078-13-1 H1090-1080-49-2 H1090-1080-56 H1090-1080-70
(11)
ABSOSCALE cautions plate (Air pressure setting) (optional) H1090-1074-33 H1090-1074-34 H1090-1074-35-1 H1090-1074-36-1 H1090-1081-88
ABSOSCALE cautions plate (Filter element change) (optional) H1090-1074-26 H1090-1074-27 H1090-1074-28-1 H1090-1074-29-1 H1090-1082-95
(12) Cautions on ATC H1090-1019-87-1 H1090-1019-77-1 H1090-1019-82-2 H1090-1029-71-2 H1090-1081-68
(13) Cautions on ATC magazine H1090-1039-34-3 H1090-1047-91-2 H1090-1048-21-3 H1090-1047-99-2 H1090-1081-70-1
(14) Instructions for manual MG changes H1090-1078-09 H1090-1078-14 H1090-1080-50-1 H1090-1080-57 H1090-1080-71
(15) Cautions on safety glass (optional) H1090-1042-24 H1090-1041-56 H1090-1042-26-2 H1090-1042-30-2 H1090-1042-32-1
(16) Oil mist set pressure (optional) H1042-1187-12 H1044-1109-90 H1044-1109-92 H1044-1109-94 H1044-1109-98
(17) Oil mist manifold set pressure (optional) H1042-1187-11 H1044-1109-89 H1044-1109-91 H1044-1109-93-1 H1044-1109-97
(18) Tool change precautions H1090-1079-14 H1090-1079-48 H1090-1079-50-1 H1090-1080-05-1 H1090-1081-73
(19) Instructions for use of DTE Oil (optional) H1090-1080-17-1 H1090-1080-18-1 H1090-1080-19-1 H1090-1080-20-1 H1090-1080-22-1
(20) Caution for preventing operator from being locked in the machine H1042-1187-07-1 H2055-1110-53-1 H1044-1110-54-1 H1044-1110-55-3 H1044-1110-57-1
(21) Safety measurement plate for powerful mag-netism H1090-1127-70-1 H1090-1128-50-1 H1090-1128-58-1 H1090-1128-62-1 H1090-1128-63-1
No. Item Danish French Italian Chinese(1) General warnings H1090-1052-35-2 H1090-1019-23-2 H1090-1019-24-2 H1090-1083-42-2
(2) Oil supply instruction plate H1090-1088-13-2 H1090-1100-99-1 H1090-1088-14-2 H1090-1114-11-1
(3) Set chuck pressure H1044-1102-38-2 H1044-1102-40-2 H1044-1102-42-2 H1044-1105-39-5
(4) Door warning H1090-1018-93-1 H1090-1018-94 H1090-1018-97-1 H1090-1065-63-2
(5) Cautions on work projection H1090-1018-92-1 H1090-1018-95 H1090-1018-96 H1090-1055-96-2
(6) Cautions on chuck replacement H1090-1018-67-1 H1090-1018-68-1 H1090-1018-69 H1090-1065-64-2
(7) Warning against fire H1090-1018-40-1 H1090-1018-41-2 H1090-1018-42-2 H1090-1065-60-3
(8) Cautions against drop of turret X-axis H1090-1080-76-1 H1090-1080-83 H1090-1080-90 H1090-1083-47-1
(9) Cautions for removing cover H1090-1020-40-2 H1090-1018-34-1 H1090-1020-41 H1090-1055-94-2
(10) Instructions on oil mist lubrication unit H1090-1080-77-2 H1090-1080-84 H1090-1080-91-1 H1090-1083-48-1
(11)
ABSOSCALE cautions plate (Air pressure setting) (optional) H1090-1074-38-1 H1090-1074-39 H1090-1074-40 H1090-1100-44
ABSOSCALE cautions plate (Filter element change) (optional) H1090-1074-31-1 H1090-1082-96 H1090-1074-32 H1090-1100-43
(12) Cautions on ATC H1090-1019-86-2 H1090-1025-88-1 H1090-1029-83-1 H1090-1083-41-1
(13) Cautions on ATC magazine H1090-1052-34-4 H1090-1062-67-2 H1090-1053-36-1 H1090-1083-43-2
(14) Instructions for manual MG changes H1090-1080-78-1 H1090-1080-85-1 H1090-1080-92 H1090-1083-49-1
(15) Cautions on safety glass (optional) H1090-1042-31-2 H1090-1042-27 H1090-1042-29-1 H1090-1100-45
(16) Oil mist set pressure (optional) H1044-1110-01-1 H1044-1110-03 H1044-1110-05 H1044-1111-09-1
(17) Oil mist manifold set pressure (optional) H1044-1109-99-1 H1044-1110-02 H1044-1110-04 H1044-1111-08-1
(18) Tool change precautions H1090-1080-04-1 H1090-1079-51 H1090-1079-52 H1090-1083-50-1
(19) Instructions for use of DTE Oil (optional) H1090-1080-23-1 H1090-1080-24-1 H1090-1080-25-1 H1090-083-51-2
(20) Caution for preventing operator from being locked in the machine H1044-1110-58-1 H1044-1110-59-1 H1044-1110-60-1 H1044-1111-07-2
(21) Safety measurement plate for powerful mag-netism H1090-1128-61-1 H1090-1128-57-1 H1090-1128-52-1 H1090-1128-51-1
5347-E P-(xiii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
16-2. Caution Plates and Okuma Part Numbers
• (1) General warningsOkuma Part No. H1090-1019-33-1
LE11165R0400100190001
• (2) Oil supply instruction plateOkuma Part No. H1090-1088-12-3
LE11165R0400100190002
5347-E P-(xiv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (3) Set chuck pressureOkuma Part No. H1044-1102-35-2
LE11165R0400100190003
• (4) Door warningOkuma Part No. H1090-1018-82
LE11165R0400100190004
WARNING1. ALWAYS close the door/shield before starting machine operation (spindle rotation).2. DO NOT stand in front of the door during machine operation (spindle rotation).3. DO NOT turn off the door/shield interlock function during machine operation.
5347-E P-(xv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (5) Cautions on work projectionOkuma Part No. H1090-1018-83
LE11165R0400100190005
• (6) Cautions on chuck replacementOkuma Part No. H1090-1018-62
LE11165R0400100190006
• (7) Warning against fireOkuma Part No. H1090-1018-35-1
LE11165R0400100190007
IN DEATH OR SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY.TO FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION MAY RESULTthe back end of this cylinder. FAILUREDO NOT let bar stock stick out beyond
DANGER
5347-E P-(xvi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (8) Cautions against drop of turret X-axisOkuma Part No. H1090-1078-12
LE11165R0400100190008
• (9) Cautions for removing coverOkuma Part No. H1090-1018-33
LE11165R0400100190009
PERSONAL INJURY.FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION MAY RESULT INREMOVING THIS COVER.ALWAYS TURN THE MAIN POWER SWITCH "OFF" BEFORE
CAUTION
5347-E P-(xvii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (10) Instructions on oil mist lubrication unitOkuma Part No. H1090-1078-13-1
LE11165R0400100190010
• (11)-1 ABSOSCALE cautions plate (Air pressure setting) (optional)Okuma Part No. H1090-1074-34
LE11165R0400100190011
5347-E P-(xviii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (11)-2 ABSOSCALE cautions plate (Filter element change) (optional)Okuma Part No. H1090-1074-27
LE11165R0400100190012
• (12) Cautions on ATCOkuma Part No. H1090-1019-77-1
LE11165R0400100190013
5347-E P-(xix)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (13) Cautions on ATC magazineOkuma Part No. H1090-1047-91-2
LE11165R0400100190014
5347-E P-(xx)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (14) Instructions for manual MG changesOkuma Part No. H1090-1078-14
LE11165R0400100190015
• (15) Cautions on safety glass (optional)Okuma Part No. H1090-1041-56
LE11165R0400100190016
• (16) Oil mist set pressure (optional)Okuma Part No. H1044-1109-90
LE11165R0400100190017
• (17) Oil mist manifold set pressure (optional)Okuma Part No. H1044-1109-89
LE11165R0400100190018
5347-E P-(xxi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (18) Tool change precautionsOkuma Part No. H1090-1079-48
LE11165R0400100190019
• (19) Instruction to use of DTE Oil (optional)Okuma Part No. H1090-1080-18-1
LE11165R0400100190020
• (20) Caution for preventing operator from being locked in the machineOkuma Part No. H1044-1110-53-1
LE11165R0400100190021
5347-E P-(xxii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• (21) Safety measurement plate for powerful magnetismOkuma Part No. H1090-1128-50-1
LE11165R0400100190022
5347-E P-(i)INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTIONThis manual explains the proper handling of the machine to make the best use of its performance and themaintenance inspection to maintain the machining accuracy for a long period of time. Carefully read this man-ual and follow the instructions described there.
5347-E P-(i)TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 OUTLINE..................................................................................................1
1. Machine Overview ................................................................................................................... 11-1. Features of Machine Components ................................................................................... 21-2. Features of Machine Functions ........................................................................................ 21-3. Workpieces and Tools ...................................................................................................... 3
2. Machine Specifications ............................................................................................................ 42-1. Specification Table ........................................................................................................... 42-2. Dimensional Drawing........................................................................................................ 7
SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION) .................15
1. Site Selection Guidelines....................................................................................................... 151-1. Care in Machine Transportation ..................................................................................... 15
2. Foundation Requirements ..................................................................................................... 172-1. Safety Precautions for Foundation Work........................................................................ 17
3. General Procedure for Installation ......................................................................................... 183-1. Installation Procedure..................................................................................................... 183-2. Precautions for Installation ............................................................................................. 18
4. Leveling the Machine............................................................................................................. 194-1. Leveling Procedure......................................................................................................... 19
5. Foundation Plan..................................................................................................................... 20
6. Power Requirements and Fuse Capacity .............................................................................. 216-1. Inspection of Cable Connection...................................................................................... 226-2. Input Power Source Specifications................................................................................. 226-3. Measuring the Momentary Voltage Fluctuation Ratio..................................................... 236-4. Power Supply Unit (MPS)............................................................................................... 24
7. Oils to Be Prepared before Installation .................................................................................. 24
SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE).............................................................25
1. Before Starting Operations .................................................................................................... 251-1. NC Operation.................................................................................................................. 251-2. Setting Zero Offsets........................................................................................................ 26
2. Machine Operation ................................................................................................................ 382-1. Axis Direction.................................................................................................................. 382-2. Hydraulic Power Unit ...................................................................................................... 392-3. Spindle Speed Selection (Spindle Power/Torque Diagrams) ......................................... 432-4. Rotary Tool (M-tool) Spindle Speed Selection ............................................................... 492-5. C-axis Brake ................................................................................................................... 532-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck .................................................................................................. 542-7. Cutting Soft Top Jaws of Power Chuck .......................................................................... 652-8. NC Tailstock Operations................................................................................................. 67
5347-E P-(ii)TABLE OF CONTENTS
2-9. Precautions in Handling Turret ....................................................................................... 712-10.ATC ............................................................................................................................... 722-11.Interlock ......................................................................................................................... 792-12.After Completion of a Day’s Operation .......................................................................... 802-13.Manually Operated Chuck ............................................................................................. 81
SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPER-ATION) ...................................................................................................86
1. Lubrication ............................................................................................................................. 871-1. Lubricating Oil Specification ........................................................................................... 891-2. Spindle Lubrication System ............................................................................................ 901-3. Lubrication System for Bed/Saddle/Cross-slide Slideways ............................................ 901-4. Turret .............................................................................................................................. 911-5. Maintenance and Inspection of HSK Tool Clamping Unit (HSK Tool Specifica-
tion)................................................................................................................................. 91
2. Adjusting Centralized Lubrication Unit................................................................................... 932-1. Adjusting Pump Delivery ................................................................................................ 932-2. Maintenance and Countermeasure ................................................................................ 932-3. Other Remarks ............................................................................................................... 94
3. Inspecting and Replenishing Oil Mist Lubrication Unit (for the machine with M-tool spindle capable of rotating up to 10000 min-1)....................................................................... 953-1. Air Flow Rate .................................................................................................................. 953-2. Checking Air Pressure.................................................................................................... 953-3. Replenishment................................................................................................................ 96
4. Lubrication and Cleaning of Spindle Cooling Unit ................................................................. 984-1. Lubrication ...................................................................................................................... 984-2. Cleaning the Air Filter ..................................................................................................... 99
5. Removing Sludge from Coolant Unit ................................................................................... 1005-1. Procedure for Cleaning Separate Coolant Tank........................................................... 1005-2. Cleaning the Filter ........................................................................................................ 1015-3. Cleaning the Fine Chips Collection Bucket .................................................................. 1015-4. Thickener Bag Filter (Changing Procedure of Element) ............................................... 1015-5. Cleaning the Drum Filter Conveyor (Optional) ............................................................. 102
6. Adjusting the ATC................................................................................................................ 103
7. Other Maintenance Items .................................................................................................... 1057-1. Alignment of Headstock................................................................................................ 1057-2. Measures to Be Taken when Inspecting X-axis Ball Screw ......................................... 106
8. Front Door Safety Window Glass Replacement .................................................................. 1078-1. Replacement Interval.................................................................................................... 1078-2. Replacement Procedure............................................................................................... 107
9. Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................... 1129-1. Trouble with Headstock ................................................................................................ 1129-2. Trouble with Turret ....................................................................................................... 1139-3. Others........................................................................................................................... 114
5347-E P-(iii)TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST............................................................................115
1. Air Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 115
2. Hydraulic Equipment............................................................................................................ 116
3. Electric Parts (in Machine)................................................................................................... 117
4. Consumables....................................................................................................................... 118
SECTION 6 NOISE LEVEL......................................................................................120
1. Measuring Position (Top View)............................................................................................ 120
2. Noise.................................................................................................................................... 120
3. Measuring Conditions .......................................................................................................... 120
SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA...............................................................................121
1. Tooling System .................................................................................................................... 1211-1. HSK-A63 Tooling.......................................................................................................... 1211-2. CAPTO-C6 Tooling....................................................................................................... 122
2. Toolholder Dimensions ........................................................................................................ 1232-1. HSK Tooling ................................................................................................................. 1232-2. CAPTO-C6 Tooling....................................................................................................... 133
3. Classification of Tools.......................................................................................................... 1393-1. HSK-A63....................................................................................................................... 1403-2. CAPTO-C6 ................................................................................................................... 144
4. Working Ranges .................................................................................................................. 1494-1. Turning Tool [for Opposing Spindle Model] .................................................................. 1494-2. Turning Tool [for NC Tailstock Model] .......................................................................... 168
5. Dimensions of Spindle Nose................................................................................................ 178
6. Hydraulic Power Chuck and Cylinder .................................................................................. 180
7. Hydraulic Circuit Diagram .................................................................................................... 188
8. Air Circuit Diagram............................................................................................................... 192
9. Piping Drawings................................................................................................................... 193
5347-E P-1SECTION 1 OUTLINE
SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1. Machine OverviewMULTUS B400 is an NC-controlled, high-speed, high-precision multitasking machine. The machinehas a main spindle for turning, opposite spindle for turning, milling spindle, and ATC unit. Besidesturning, it can perform multitask machining such as milling, drilling, boring, tapping and grindingusing the (B-axis) function for indexing the turret at a desired angle in a single setup.The opposite spindle model can transfer a workpiece between the main spindle and the oppositespindle, enabling front-back machining of the workpiece. The machine, designed for high-speed andhigh-precision machining, can also promote automation and labor saving. With high productivity andmachining accuracy, the machine is suitably used for machining of parts in a wide application rangeincluding automobiles, construction equipment, airplanes, hydraulic/pneumatic equipment, andmolds.The machine is available in three types; "T type" having no opposite spindle or tailstock, "C type"having a tailstock and "W type" having an opposite spindle.
Axis Moving Directions in the Machine Coordinate System
LE11165R0400300010001
C-axis (+)
C-axis (-)
Axis moving directions
C-axis (-)
Main spindleOpposite spindle or tailstock
H1 turret
W-axis (+)W-axis (-)
Z-axis (+)
X-axis (+)Y-axis (+)
Y-axis (-)
Z-axis (-)
X-axis (-)
B-axis (-)B-axis (+)
C-axis (+)
M spindle reverse rotation
M spindle forward rotation
5347-E P-2SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-1. Features of Machine Components
(1) Main spindle
• Bearing diameter: φ120 (4.72), driven by a built-in motor, max speed: 3,800 min-1 (Optional bearing diameter: φ150 (5.91), and max speed: 2,800 min-1)
• High power spindle: 22/15 kW (30/20 hp) (30 min/cont at 3,800 min-1)(Optional 30/22 kW (40/30 hp), max 3,800 min-1 or 30/22 kW (40/30 hp), max 2,800 min-1)
(2) Opposite spindle
• Bearing diameter: φ120 (4.72), driven by a built-in motor, max speed: 3,800 min-1
• High power spindle: 22/15 kW (30/20 hp) (30 min/cont at 3,800 min-1)
(3) Rotary tool spindle (M spindle)
• Driven by a built-in motor, max speed 6,000 min-1 (Optional: 10,000 min-1)
• High power spindle: 14/10 kW (18.7/13 hp) (5 min/cont at 6,000 min-1)(Optional: 10,000 min-1, 20/14 kW (27/18.7 hp))
1-2. Features of Machine Functions
(1) High-speed positioning at a rapid traverse of 40 m/min (131.24 fpm)
(2) Extremely low thermal deformation realized by a unique construction and control of themachine
(3) ATC storage capacity: up to 80 tools (with options)
(4) A wide variety of options are available such as coolant unit, chip handling equipment, automaticgauging unit, tool management, and fixtures.
(5) A full-enclosure shielding is provided as standard equipment to keep the working environmentclean.
5347-E P-3SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-3. Workpieces and Tools
(1) Workpiece materialsThe machine can cut ordinary structural steels represented by carbon steel, ferrous materialsuch as castings, and non-ferrous material such as aluminum.The machine can also cut non-metallic materials such as ceramics or graphite. These materi-als, however, require dust preventive measures to protect the human body and the machinefrom dust. Consult us for the measures.When cutting an ignitable material, provide sufficient safety measures according to 6. Precau-tions against Fire under “Safety Precautions” at the beginning of this operation manual.
(2) Max Workpiece Size and MassFor the maximum machining dimensions, see 2-1 "Specification Table" of the subsection 2"Machine Specifications" under Section 1 of this operation manual. The machine can handle upto the following workpiece mass (including the chuck weight): One-side support (chuck work)= 180 kg (396 lb) [OP. 350 kg (770 lb)] Support between centers (center work)= 600 kg (1,320 lb)An imbalanced workpiece may disable the machine to exert its full performance even if theworkpiece size and mass are within the allowable ranges. Take the workpiece balance into con-sideration and make sure that the workpiece is securely chucked to ensure safety in machining.
(3) Maximum Tool Size and MassFor the maximum tool size, see the requirements specified in 3-1 and 3-2 of Section 6 in thismanual. The machine can handle a maximum tool mass of 10 kg (22 lb).Even if the tool does not exceed the maximum mass, it cannot be used exceeding the maxi-mum tool mass moment specified in 2-10 of Section 3. If the tool is used at a speed exceedingthe allowable limit, the tool breakage may result.
5347-E P-4SECTION 1 OUTLINE
2. Machine Specifications
2-1. Specification Table
Item Unit MULTUS B400 MULTUS B400-WCAPACITY
Swing over bed mm (in.) φ710 (27.95) (*1)Between centers mm (in.) 1,500 (59.06)
Max. turning diameter mm (in.) φ710 (27.95)MAX WORKPIECE WEIGHT (including chuck weight)
Main-spindleOne-side support kg (lb) 180 (396) [350 (770) *2]Support between centers kg (lb) 600 (1,320)
Sub-spindle One-side support kg (lb) - 180 (396)MAIN SPINDLE
Spindle nose JIS A2-8 (JIS A2-11 *2)Spindle speed min-1 38 to 3,800 (38 to 2,800 *2)
Spindle diameter mm (in.) φ120 (4.72) [φ150 (5.91) *2]OPPOSING SPINDLE
Spindle nose - JIS A2-8Spindle speed min-1 - 38 to 3,800
Spindle diameter mm (in.) - φ120 (4.72)Z-AXIS
Travel mm (in.) 1,545 (60.83)Rapid traverse mm/min (ipm) 40,000 (1,574.80)
W-AXISTravel mm (in.) 1,550 (61.02)
Rapid traverse mm/min (ipm) 12,000 (472.44) [8,000 (314.96) *3]
20,000 (787.40)
X-AXISTravel mm (in.) 690 (27.17)
Rapid traverse mm/min (ipm) 40,000 (1,574.80)Y-AXIS
Travel mm (in.) 230 (9.06) [-115 (-4.53) to +115 (+4.53)]Rapid traverse mm/min (ipm) 26,000 (1,023.62)
C-AXISIndex angle degree 360
Index incremental angle degree 0.001Rapid traverse min-1 200
B-AXISIndex angle degree -30 to 195
Index incremental angle degree 0.001Rapid traverse min-1 200
5347-E P-5SECTION 1 OUTLINE
TURRETType H1
No. of tools 1 L or M toolCUTTING TOOL
OD bit shank mm (in.) 25 (0.98) sq.ID boring bar shank radius mm (in.) φ40 (1.57)
ROTARY TOOL SPINDLE SPEED
min-1 6,000 (10,000 *4)
ROTARY TOOL SPINDLE MAX. TORQUE
N-m 85/59.6 (63/44.0) (5 min/cont.)(65.5/45 (48.3/33) (5 min/cont.) *4)
TAILSTOCKTapered bore MT. No. 5 dead center
(MT. No. 4 built-in *5)-
Tailstock travel mm (in.) 1,550 (61.02) -Tailstock thrust kN 1.5 to 7 (2.3 to 10 *3)
ATC MAGAZINETool shank HSK-A63 (CAPTO-C6 *5)
Max. tool mass kg (lb) 10 (22.0)Max. tool length mm (in.) 400 (15.75) (except shank part)
Max. tool diameter mm (in.) φ90 (3.54) [φ130 (5.12) (without adjacent tools)]Tool storage capacity No. of tools 20 (40, 80 *5)
MOTORMain spindle drive kW (hp) 22/15 (30/20) (30 min/cont.) [30/22 (40/30) (15 min/cont.)
*6]Opposing spindle drive kW (hp) - 22/15 (30/20) (30 min/cont.)
ZB-, XB-, and W-axis feed kW (hp) 2.8 (3.73)X-axis feed kW (hp) 3.5 (4.67)Z-axis feed kW (hp) 4.6 (6.13)
YS-axis feed kW (hp) 2.8 (3.73)B-axis indexing kW (hp) 2.2 (3)Hydraulic pump kW (hp) 2.2 (3)
Lubrication pump kW (hp) 0.017 (0.227)Coolant pump kW (hp) 0.8 (1.067)
Rotary tool spindle drive kW (hp) 14/10 (19/13) (5 min/cont.)[24/14 (32/19) (5 min/cont) *4]
Magazine rotation kW (hp) 1.7 (2.27)ATC kW (hp) 1.7 (2.27)
Item Unit MULTUS B400 MULTUS B400-W
5347-E P-6SECTION 1 OUTLINE
*1 The swing over carriage is limited to the range from 480 to 710 mm (18.90 to 27.95 in.) when theY-axis is located in the positive range. (The above specifications include options)
*2 Big-bore power-up spindle (optional)*3 High thrust (10 kN) (optional)
*4 Milling-tool spindle 10,000 min-1 (optional)*5 Optional specification
*6 Standard power-up spindle or big-bore power-up spindle (optional)*7 Drum filter conveyor (optional)
POWER SOURCEGeneral power kVA 36.4 (45.4 *6) 41.2 (50.2 *6)
Voltage V 200Primary voltage tap of
the transformer suppliedfrom Okuma
220/240/380/415/440/480
Frequency Hz 50/60Protect level forcontrol cabinet IBC IP54
MACHINE HEIGHT mm (in.) 3,000 (118.11) [3,050 (120.08) *7]REQUIRED FLOOR SPACE mm × mm
(in. × in.)4,925 × 2,585 (193.90 × 101.77)
(without coolant tank w/20 or 40-tool magazine)NET MASS kg (lb) 14,500 (31,900) 15,500 (34,100)
Item Unit MULTUS B400 MULTUS B400-W
5347-E P-7SECTION 1 OUTLINE
2-2. Dimensional Drawing
MULTUS B400 40-MG, chip-pan/hinge conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060001
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
: 3.7
KW(o
ptio
nal)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
: 0.8
KW
Back
sep
arat
or
High
-pre
ssur
e co
olan
t uni
t(o
ptio
nal)
640 (25.20) 1750 (68.90)
2300 (90.55)
3775 (148.62)
550(21.65)
835 (32.87) 600 (23.62) (Room to draw out the tank)
480
(18.
90)
1728
(68.
03)
55 (2
.17)
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
( Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)15
38 (6
0.55
)14
15 (5
5.71
)
1070 (42.13) 1230 (48.43)
70 (2.76)
270(10.63)
6820
(268
.50)
ATC
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)95
0(3
7.40
)
950
(37.
40)
5(0
.20) 12
0 (4
.72)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)
6140
(241
.73)
6340
(249
.61)
7270
(286
.22)
4090
(161
.02)
650
(25.
59)
800
(31.
50)
1215
(47.
83)15
(0.5
9)600
(23.
62)
200
(7.8
7)45
0 (1
7.72
)
650
(25.
59)
(Roo
m to
draw
out th
e tan
k for
main
tenan
ce)
700(27.56)
900 (35.43)513(20.20)
3000 (118.11)
2235 (87.99)430 (16.93) 335 (13.19)
1035(40.75) 540
(21.26)
1200 (47.24)
1122 (44.17)
285
(11.22
)
550
(21.
65)
1230
(48.
43)
20 (0
.79)
1220
(48.
03)
2300
(90.
55)
1050
(41.
34)
530
(20.
87)
30 (1.18)
300 300(11.81) (11.81)
300(11.81)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37)
2670 (105.12)
310(12.20)
2585
(101
.77)
480
(18.
90)
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1395
(54.
92)
Seco
nd c
ontro
l cab
inet
Air p
anel M
agaz
ine
op
erat
ion
pa
nel
Oil t
empe
ratu
re c
ontro
ller
Mag
azin
e
mai
nten
ance
do
or
Mag
azin
e
(fixe
d to
the
bed)
Powe
r inl
et u
pper
sid
e (2
290
(90.
15)
high
from
floo
r)Hy
drau
lic u
nit
NC u
nit
Suct
ion
pum
p fo
r pa
ck s
epar
ator
0.5
5KW
Cool
ant a
roun
d to
ol
spin
dle
0.8
kW (1
.067
hp)
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
Fron
t do
orM
ain
he
adst
ock
Spin
dle
cent
er
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
Spin
dle
cent
er
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
H1 tu
rret
NC ta
ilsto
ck
Mist
lubr
icatio
n un
it (to
ol s
pind
le s
peed
: 100
00m
in-1
)
Lubr
icatio
n un
it
Chip
con
veyo
r (op
tiona
l)
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)Co
olan
t tan
k
Max
imum
hei
ght f
or
trans
porta
tion
(mag
azin
e)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.40
-tool
ATC
mag
azin
e
Spin
dle
cent
er
700
(27.
56)
5347-E P-8SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400 40-MG, drum filter conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060002
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.
For w
ashi
ng th
e dr
um 0
.8KW
640(25.20)
2300 (90.55)
3775 (148.62)
550(21.65)
835 (32.87) 600 (23.62) (Room to draw
out the tank)48
0(1
8.90
)17
28 (6
8.03
)
55 (2
.17)
7015
(276
.18)
1538
(60.
55)
1610
(63.
39)
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
700
(27.
56)
( Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)
70 (2.76)
1230 (48.43) 270(10.63)
1070 (42.13)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
, Sta
ndar
d: 0
.8KW
High
-pre
ssur
e: 3
.7KW
NC u
nit
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1445
(56.
89)
ATC
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)95
0 (3
7.40
)
120
(4.7
2)
950
(37.
40)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
480
(18.
90)
6535
(257
.28)
6271
(246
.89)
4925
(193
.90)
3320
(130
.71)
4290
(168
.90)
650
(25.
59)
1000
(39.
37)
1346
(52.
99)10 (0
.39) 60
0(2
3.62
)65
0 (2
5.59
)26
4(10
.39)
700 (27.56)260
(10.24) 960(37.80)100
(3.94)
616(24.25)
200
(7.8
7)Ro
om to
draw
out
the co
nvye
r
3050 (120.08)2285 (89.96)
1250 (49.21)1035 (40.75) 540
(21.26) 1172 (46.14)
335(13.19)
430(16.93)
285
(11.22
)
550
(21.
65)
1230
(48.
43)
20 (0
.79)
1050
(41.
34)
1220
(48.
03)
2300
(90.
55)
530
(20.
87)
80 (3.15)350 (13.78)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37)2670 (105.12)
310(12.20)
1750 (68.90)
5 (0
.20)
Seco
nd c
ontro
l cab
inet
Oil t
empe
ratu
re c
ontro
ller
Air p
anel
Mag
azin
e op
erat
ion
pane
l
Mag
azin
e m
aint
enan
ce d
oor
Mag
azin
e
(fixe
d to
the
bed)
Powe
r inl
et
uppe
r sid
e (2
290
(90.
15)
high
from
floo
r)Hy
drau
lic u
nit
Spin
dle
cent
er
Mai
n
head
stoc
kFr
ont d
oor
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
Spin
dle
cent
er
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l) Cool
ant t
ank
(Roo
m to
dra
w ou
t the
ta
nk fo
r mai
nten
ance
)
Max
imum
hei
ght f
or
trans
porta
tion
(mag
azin
e)
40-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
Spin
dle
cent
erCh
ip c
onve
yor (
optio
nal)
Lubr
icatio
n un
it
Mist
lubr
icatio
n un
it (to
ol s
pind
le s
peed
: 100
00m
in-1
)NC
tails
tock
H1 tu
rret
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
Cool
ant a
roun
d to
ol
spin
dle:
0.8
kW
5347-E P-9SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400 80-MG, chip-pan/hinge conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060003
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
: 3.7
KW(o
ptio
nal)
Cool
ant a
roun
d to
ol s
pind
le 0
.8KW
965 (37.99)
1750 (68.90)
2300 (90.55)
4100 (161.42)
550 (21.65)
835 (32.87)48
0(1
8.90
)17
28 (6
8.03
)55
(2.1
7)
6820
(268
.50)
1538
(60.
55)
1415
(55.
71)
1230 (48.43)
70 (2.76)
270(10.63)
1070 (42.13)
640(25.20)
325(12.80)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
0.8K
W
High
-pre
ssur
e co
olan
t uni
t(o
ptio
nal)
NC un
it
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
700
(27.
56)
ATC
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
950
(37.
40)
950
(37.
40)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
480
(18.
90)
4090
(161
.02)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)
6140
(241
.73)
6340
(249
.61)
7270
(286
.22)
650
(25.
59)
800
(31.
50)
1215
(47.
83)
15 (0.5
9) 600
(23.
62)
200
(7.8
7)
450
(17.
72)
650
(25.
59)
700(27.56)
900 (35.43)513(20.20)3000 (118.11)
2235 (87.99)
1200 (47.24)
1122 (44.17)540
(21.26)
1035(40.75)
335(13.19)
430(16.93)
285
(11.22
)1230
(48.
43)
550
(21.
65)
1220
(48.
03)
2625
(103
.35)
2910
(114
.57)10
50 (4
1.34
)20
(0.7
9)
530
(20.
87)32
5 (1
2.80
)
300(11.81) 30 (1.18)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37)
310(12.20)
2695 (106.10)Maximum height for transportation
(magazine)
5 (0
.20) 12
0 (4
.72)
600 (23.62) (Room to draw
out the tank)
(Roo
m to
draw
out th
e tan
k for
main
tenan
ce)
Back
sep
arat
orSe
cond
con
trol c
abin
et
Oil t
empe
ratu
re c
ontro
ller
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1395
(54.
92)Ai
r pan
el
Mag
azin
e
oper
atio
n pa
nel
Mag
azin
e
mai
nten
ance
doo
r
Mag
azin
e
(fixe
d to
the
bed)
Hydr
aulic
uni
t
Powe
r inl
et u
pper
sid
e (2
290
(90.
15) h
igh
from
floo
r)
Mai
n he
adst
ock
Fron
t doo
r
Spin
dle
cent
er
1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
(Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
Suct
ion
pum
p fo
r ba
ck s
epar
ator
0.5
5KW
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
Spin
dle
cent
er
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
H1 tu
rret
NC ta
ilsto
ckM
ist lu
brica
tion
unit
(tool
spi
ndle
spe
ed: 1
0000
min
-1)
Lubr
icatio
n un
it
Chip
con
veyo
r (o
ptio
nal)
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)
Cool
ant t
ank
80-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
Spin
dle
cent
er
5347-E P-10SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400 80-MG, drum filter conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060004
200
ATC
NC u
nit
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.
(Roo
m to
dra
w ou
t the
co
nvye
r)
(Roo
m to
dra
w ou
t the
tank
fo
r mai
nten
ance
)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
, Sta
ndar
d: 0
.8KW
H
igh-
pres
sure
: 3.7
KWFo
r was
hing
the
drum
0.8
KW
Cool
ant a
roun
d to
ol s
pind
le 0
.8KW
Air p
anel
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1445
(56.
89)
Seco
nd
cont
rol c
abin
etO
il tem
pera
ture
co
ntro
ller
Spin
dle
cent
er
(Room to draw out the tank)
Mai
n he
adst
ock
Fron
t do
or
1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
( Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)O
pera
tion
pane
l
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
H1 tu
rret
NC ta
ilsto
ck
Mist
lubr
icatio
n un
it (to
ol s
pind
le s
peed
: 100
00m
in-1
)
Lubr
icatio
n un
it
Chip
con
veyo
r (o
ptio
nal)
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
Spin
dle
cent
er
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)Co
olan
t tan
k
Spin
dle
cent
er
2695 (106.10)Maximum height for transportation (magazine)
80-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
Powe
r inl
et
uppe
r sid
e (2
290
(90.
15)
high
from
floo
r)
Mag
azin
e
mai
nten
ance
doo
rM
agaz
ine
(fi
xed
to th
e be
d)Hy
drau
lic u
nit
Mag
azin
e
oper
atio
n pa
nel
4100 (161.42)
965 (37.99) 2300 (90.55)
1750 (68.90) 550 (21.65) 600 (23.62)
835 (32.87)
640(25.20) 325
(12.80)
480
(18.
90)
1728
(68.
03)
55 (2
.17)
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
700
(27.
56)
7015
(276
.18)
1538
(60.
55)
1610
(63.
39)
1070 (42.13) 1230 (48.43)70 (2.76)
270(10.63)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
5(0
.20)
950
(37.
40)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
480
(18.
90)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)42
90 (1
68.9
0)
6271
(246
.89)
6535
(257
.28)
650
(25.
59)
1000
(39.
37)
1346
(52.
99)
10 (0.3
9)60
0 (2
3.62
)65
0 (2
5.59
)26
4(1
0.39
)
260(10.24)
700(27.56)
960 (37.80)616 (24.25) 100(3.94)3050 (120.08)
430(16.93)
335(13.19)
2285 (89.96)1035 (40.75)
540(21.26)
1250 (49.21)1172 (46.14)
285
(11.
22)55
0 (2
1.65
)1230
(48.
43)
20 (0
.79)
1220
(48.
03)
2625
(103
.35)
2910
(114
.57)
1050
(41.
34)
530
(20.
87)
325
(12.
80)
310(12.20)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37) 350(13.78) 80 (3.15)
5347-E P-11SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400-W 40-MG, chip-pan/hinge conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060005
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
: 3.7
KW
Opp
osin
g
head
stoc
k
Chuc
k ope
n/clos
e man
ifold
(for o
ppos
ing he
adsto
ck m
odel)
Cool
ant a
roun
d to
ol
spin
dle
0.8K
W
3775 (148.62)
2300 (90.55)
1750 (68.90) 550(21.65)
835 (32.87)
480
(18.
90)
1728
(68.
03)
55 (2
.17)
6820
(268
.50)
1538
(60.
55)
1415
(55.
71)
640(25.20)
600 (23.62) (Room to draw
out the tank)
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
700
(27.
56)
Suct
ion
pum
p fo
r ba
ck s
epar
ator
0.5
5KW
(opt
iona
l)Ba
ck s
epar
ator
NC un
it
High
-pre
ssur
e co
olan
t uni
t(o
ptio
nal)
1070 (42.13) 1230 (48.43)
70 (2.76)
270(10.63)
ATC
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
950
(37.
40)
480
(18.
90)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
4090
(161
.02)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)
6140
(241
.73)
6340
(249
.61)
7270
(286
.22)
650
(25.
59)
800
(31.
50)
1215
(47.
83)
15 (0
.59)
600
(23.
62)
(Roo
m to
draw
out th
e tan
k for
main
tenan
ce)
513(20.20)
900 (35.43)
700 (27.56)
650
(25.
59)
200
(7.8
7)
450
(17.
72)
3000 (118.11)
2235 (87.99)
1200 (47.24)
1122 (44.17)540 (21.26)
1035 (40.75)335
(13.19)
430(16.93)
285
(11.2
2)
550
(21.
65)
1230
(48.
43)
20 (0
.79)
1220
(48.
03)
2300
(90.
55)10
50 (4
1.34
)
530
(20.
87)
2585
310(12.20)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37)2670 (105.12)
300(11.81)
30 (1.18)
5 (0
.20)Th
ru-s
pind
le c
oola
nt 0
.8KW
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1395
(54.
92)
Seco
nd c
ontro
l cab
inet
Oil t
empe
ratu
re c
ontro
ller
Air p
anel
Mag
azin
e
oper
atio
n
pane
l
Mag
azin
e
mai
nten
ance
do
orM
agaz
ine
(fixe
d to
the
bed)
Powe
r inl
et
uppe
r sid
e (2
290
(90.
15)
high
from
floo
r)Hy
drau
lic u
nit
Mai
n
head
stoc
k
Spin
dle
cent
er
Fron
t do
or 1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
( Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
H1 tu
rret
Mist
lubric
ation
unit
(tool
spind
le sp
eed:
1000
0min-1
)
Chip
con
veyo
r (o
ptio
nal)
Lubr
icatio
n un
it
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)Co
olan
t tan
k
Max
imum
hei
ght f
or
trans
porta
tion
(mag
azin
e)
40-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
Spin
dle
cent
erCh
uck
open
/clo
se m
anifo
ld
(for m
ain
head
stoc
k)
Spin
dle
cent
er
* Ins
tall a
CE-
com
plia
nt tr
ansf
orm
er o
n th
e sit
e.
5347-E P-12SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400-W 40-MG, drum filter conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060006
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(for o
ppos
ing
head
stoc
k m
odel
)
For w
ashi
ng th
e dr
um
0.8K
W
640(25.20)
3775 (148.62)
2300 (90.55)
1750 (68.90) 550(21.65)
835 (32.87)
NC un
it
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
, Sta
ndar
d: 0
.8KW
High
-pre
ssur
e: 3
.7KW
1070 (42.13) 1230 (48.43)
70 (2.76)
270(10.63)
480
(18.
90)
1728
(68.
03)
55 (2
.17)
7015
(276
.18)
1538
(60.
55)
1610
(63.
39)
680
(26.
77)
992
(39.
06)
ATC
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
950
(37.
40)
480
(18.
90)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)
6271
(246
.89)
6535
(257
.28)
4290
(168
.90)
650
(25.
59)
1000
(39.
37)
1346
(52.
99)10 (0
.39)
Opp
osin
g he
adst
ock
(Roo
m to
draw
out
the co
nvye
r)20
0 (7
.87) 616
(24.25) 100(3.94)
260(10.24) 700 (27.56)
960 (37.80)
600
(23.
62)
264
(10.39
)
3050 (120.08)430
(16.93)335
(13.19)1035 (40.75)
2285 (89.96)
1250 (49.21)
1172 (46.14)540 (21.26)
285
(11.22
)
1230
(48.
43)
550
(21.
65)
1220
(48.
03)
2300
(90.
55)
20 (0
.79)
1050
(41.
34)
530
(20.
87)
80 (3.15)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37)
2670 (105.12)
310(12.20)
350(13.78)
650
(25.
59)
(Roo
m to
draw
out th
e tan
k for
main
tenan
ce)
600 (23.62) (Room to draw
out the tank)
5 (0
.20)
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1445
(56.
89)
Seco
nd c
ontro
l cab
inet
Oil t
empe
ratu
re c
ontro
ller
Air p
anel
Mag
azin
e
oper
atio
n pa
nel
Mag
azin
e m
aint
enan
ce d
oor
Mag
azin
e
(fixe
d to
the
bed)
Hydr
aulic
uni
t
Powe
r inl
et u
pper
sid
e (2
290
(90.
15)
high
from
floo
r)
Cool
ant a
roun
d to
ol
spin
dle:
0.8
kW
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
700
(27.
56)
( Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)16
04 (6
3.15
)(D
oor o
peni
ng w
idth
)
Spin
dle
cent
er
Mai
n
head
stoc
kFr
ont d
oor
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
Spin
dle
cent
er
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
Mist
lubr
icatio
n un
it (to
ol s
pind
le s
peed
: 100
00m
in-1
)
H1 tu
rret
Lubr
icatio
n un
itCh
ip c
onve
yor
(opt
iona
l)
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)Co
olan
t tan
k
Max
imum
hei
ght f
or
trans
porta
tion
(mag
azin
e)80-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
Spin
dle
cent
er
5347-E P-13SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400-W 80-MG, chip-pan/hinge conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060007
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.
600 (23.62) (Room to draw out the tank)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
: 3.7
KW(o
ptio
nal)
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(for o
ppos
ing
head
stoc
k m
odel
)
4100 (161.42)2300 (90.55) 835 (32.87)
550 (21.65)
1750 (68.90)965 (37.99)
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
0.8
KW
Back
sep
arat
or
High
-pre
ssur
e co
olan
t uni
t(o
ptio
nal)
NC un
it
1070 (42.13) 1230 (48.43)
70 (2.76)
270(10.63)
480
(18.
90)
1728
(68.
03)
55 (2
.17)
6820
(268
.50)
1538
(60.
55)
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
700
(27.
56)
( Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)Co
olan
t aro
und
tool
spi
ndle
0.8
KW
Suct
ion
pum
p fo
r ba
ck s
epar
ator
0.5
5KW
1415
(55.
71)
640 (25.20) 325(12.80)
ATC
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)95
0 (3
7.40
)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
1635
(64.
37)
955
(37.
60)
480
(18.
90)
4090
(161
.02)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)
6140
(241
.73)
6340
(249
.61)
7270
(286
.22)
650
(25.
59)
800
(31.
50)
1215
(47.
83)
15 (0
.59)
600
(23.
62)
200
(7.8
7)
450
(17.
72)
650
(25.
59)
700(27.56)
900 (35.43)513
(20.20)
3000 (118.11)335
(13.19)430
(16.93) 1035 (40.75)540 (21.26) 1122 (44.17)
1200 (47.24)2235 (87.99)
Opp
osin
g he
adst
ock
285
(11.
22)55
0(2
1.65
)
1230
(48.
43)
1220
(48.
03)
2625
(103
.35)
2910
(114
.57)
20 (0
.79)
1050
(41.
34)
530
(20.
87)
325
(12.
80)300
(11.81) 30 (1.18)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37)
2695 (106.10)Maximum height for
transportation (magazine)
310(12.20)
(Roo
m to
draw
out th
e tan
k for
main
tenan
ce)
5 (0
.20)
Air p
anel
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1395
(54.
92)
Seco
nd c
ontro
l cab
inet
Oil t
empe
ratu
re c
ontro
ller
Mag
azin
e op
erat
ion
pane
l
Mag
azin
e m
aint
enan
ce d
oor
Mag
azin
e
(fixe
d to
the
bed)
Powe
r inl
et u
pper
sid
e (2
290
(90.
15)
high
from
floo
r)Hy
drau
lic u
nit
Spin
dle
cent
er
Mai
n
head
stoc
kFr
ont
door
1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
Spin
dle
cent
er
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)H1
turre
t
Mist
lubr
icatio
n un
it (to
ol s
pind
le s
peed
: 100
00m
in-1
)
Lubr
icatio
n un
it
Chip
con
veyo
r (o
ptio
nal)
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)
Cool
ant t
ank
Spin
dle
cent
er
80-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
5347-E P-14SECTION 1 OUTLINE
MULTUS B400-W 80-MG, drum filter conveyer model
LE11165R0400300060008
Opp
osin
g he
adst
ock
NC u
nit
Unit:
mm
(in.
)* I
nsta
ll a C
E-co
mpl
iant
tran
sfor
mer
on
the
site.
ATC
(for o
ppos
ing
head
stoc
k m
odel
)Ch
uck
open
/clo
se m
anifo
ld
Coola
nt ar
ound
tool
spind
le 0.8
KW
Thru
-spi
ndle
coo
lant
, Sta
ndar
d: 0
.8KW
High
-pre
ssur
e: 3
.7KW
200
(Roo
m to
dra
w ou
t the
tank
fo
r mai
nten
ance
)
(Roo
m to
dra
w ou
t the
co
nvye
r)
Air i
nlet
hei
ght
1445
(56.
89)
Seco
nd
cont
rol c
abin
etO
il tem
pera
ture
co
ntro
ller
Mag
azin
e
oper
atio
n pa
nel
Air p
anel
Mag
azin
e
mai
nten
ance
doo
rM
agaz
ine
(fi
xed
to th
e be
d)Hy
drau
lic u
nitPo
wer i
nlet
up
per s
ide
(229
0 (9
0.15
) hi
gh fr
om fl
oor)
(Room to draw out the tank)
Spin
dle
cent
er
Mai
n he
adst
ock
Fron
t do
or
1604
(63.
15)
(Doo
r ope
ning
wid
th)
(Ope
ratio
n pa
nel s
t)
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
830
(32.
68)
(Doo
r st)
H1 tu
rret
Mist
lubr
icatio
n un
it (to
ol s
pind
le s
peed
: 100
00m
in-1
)
Lubr
icatio
n un
itCh
ip c
onve
yor
(opt
iona
l)
Chip
buc
ket
(opt
iona
l)Co
olan
t tan
k
Spin
dle
cent
er
80-to
ol A
TC m
agaz
ine
2695 (106.10)Maximum height for transportation (magazine)
Spin
dle
cent
er
Chuc
k op
en/c
lose
man
ifold
(fo
r mai
n he
adst
ock)
For w
ashi
ng th
e dr
um 0
.8KW
4100 (161.42)
2300 (90.55)965 (37.99)1750 (68.90)
835 (32.87)
550 (21.65) 600 (23.62)
640(25.20) 325
(12.80)48
0(1
8.90
)
1728
(68.
03)
55 (2
.17)
992
(39.
06)
680
(26.
77)
700
(27.
56)
7015
(276
.18)
1538
(60.
55)
1610
(63.
39)
1070 (42.13) 1230 (48.43)70(2.76)
270(10.63)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
5(0
.20)
950
(37.
40)
950
(37.
40)
120
(4.7
2)
480
(18.
90)
955
(37.
60)
1635
(64.
37)
3320
(130
.71)
4925
(193
.90)
6271
(246
.89)
6535
(257
.28)
4290
(168
.90)
650
(25.
59)
1000
(39.
37)
1346
(52.
99)10 (0
.39)
600
(23.
62)
264
(10.
39)
650
(25.
59)
700(27.56)
260(10.24)
960 (37.80)100(3.94)
616 (24.25)
3050 (120.08)2285 (89.96)1250 (49.21)
1172 (46.14)1035 (40.75)
540(21.26)
335(13.19)
430(16.93)
285
(11.
22)
550
(21.
65)
1230
(48.
43) 12
20 (4
8.03
)20
(0.7
9)10
50 (4
1.34
)53
0(2
0.87
)32
5(1
2.80
)29
10.0
06 (1
14.5
6717
)26
25 (1
03.3
5)
310(12.20)
1960 (77.17)
2270 (89.37) 350(13.78) 80 (3.15)
5347-E P-15SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
1. Site Selection GuidelinesAt installation, the following points should be checked in order to ensure high accuracy and perfor-mance.
• We recommend appropriate foundation work where the soil is soft or apt to sag after initialinstallation.See FOUNDATION PLAN and FOUNDATION REQUIREMENTS for reference.
• The installation site should be kept as far as possible from vibration sources, such as roads,stamping/press type equipment, or planer type machine tools. If nearby sources of vibration areunavoidable, dampening pits around the machine foundation, for example, should help lessenvibrations.
• Where there are high-frequency power generators, electric discharge machines or electricwelding machines around or when power is supplied from the same shop power distributorpanel, electrical interference may cause NC malfunctions. For assurances, consult our serviceengineer dispatched for the installation.
1-1. Care in Machine Transportation
This machine integrates hydraulic unit, control cabinet, and NC unit into one construction instead ofhaving them as separate units, and so the machine can be easily moved or transported.(Note that the coolant tank is installed separately.)There are two different methods for moving the entire machine to any desired location; by an over-head crane, using lifting hooks supplied together with the machine and by rolls over which themachine is pushed by manual labor.
5347-E P-16SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
Lifting the Machine
LE11165R0400400030001
Procedure :
1- Move the upper saddle to +835 mm (32.85 in.) position in Z direction, the column to 0 posi-tion in Y direction, and the upper turret to +200 mm (7.87 in.) position in X direction. Then, fixthem with the accessory fixtures. Move the opposing spindle, if selected, to the W-axis posi-tive end (rightward) and fix it with the accessory fixture. Move the tailstock, if selected, to theZ-axis positive end (right end) and clamp the lower base.
2- Remove the wiring and the piping between the machine and the coolant tank (connected tothe coolant pump, level switch, and chip conveyor).
3- Pull out the coolant tank.
4- Open the right and left front doors by sliding them.
5- Attach the lifting hook in two places at the front of machine bed and in two places at the backof machine bed.
6- Attach the wire ropes to the machine using the lifting frame as shown in the figure below.
Now the machine is ready to be lifted.
Lifting frame
Lifting hook
H1 turret, column, saddle
Tailstock or opposing headstock
Front door
Lifting hook
5347-E P-17SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
Precautions for Lifting
WARNING
Rolling
CAUTION
2. Foundation Requirements
2-1. Safety Precautions for Foundation Work
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• The cables should have a nominal diameter of 24 mm (0.94 in.) or larger.• Change an angle formed by each cable line so that the cables will not contact the fin-
ished surfaces of the machine.(Do not tilt any wire rope exceeding 40 degrees away from the vertical direction.)
• Check for balance and be very careful when lifting the machine.• Use extra care to lower the machine gently onto the floor; NEVER APPLY SHOCKS TO
THE MACHINE WHEN PLACING IT ON THE FLOOR.Approximate Weight of MachineMULTUS B400 Approx. 14,500 kg (31,900 lb)MULTUS B400-W Approx. 15,500 kg (34,100 lb)(Including the hydraulic power unit, the electrical control box, NC unit, and tool maga-zine)
Be careful that the machine does not tip over on any side so that the machine base maynot strike the ground.
With a solid ground, a concrete floor about 200 mm (7.87 in.) thick and no gaps betweenground and floor, foundation work or anchoring is not required. The structural rigidity ofthe machine permits normal machining.For long-maintained accuracy and where sub-soil or ground under the floor is not strongenough, a new concrete foundation should be set up in accordance with the FoundationPlan in this section.
• Foundation requirements vary depending on the characteristics of the sub-soil. Underany soil conditions, it is important that sub-soil should be well compacted to keep thefoundation from unsettling once the machine has been installed.
• Where sub-soil is too soft, it is necessary to drive concrete piles into the sub-soil.• The Foundation Plan attached to this Manual is prepared for laying a typical concrete
foundation specifically for the machine. The concrete thickness or depth should bedetermined in terms of the ground condition in each case.
5347-E P-18SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
3. General Procedure for Installation
3-1. Installation Procedure
Procedure :
1- Place leveling plates, 200 mm x 200 mm x 19 mm (7.87 x 7.87 x 0.75 in.) over individualfoundation bolt-holes.Refer to the Foundation Plan.
2- Place foundation washers (furnished together with the machine) on the leveling plates andthen place the machine on them.
3- Pass foundation bolts through the hole in the leveling plate and a center bore through thebuilt-in jack screw assembly.Secure each foundation bolt carefully, using a washer and a nut on its upper end.
4- Use wedge pieces, shims, or leveling blocks under the machine base to level the machineapproximately.
5- Pour mortar into the foundation bolt holes and allow it to set.
6- After the mixture has become hard enough, remove the shims or leveling blocks from underthe machine base, and level the machine within the specified limits.
3-2. Precautions for Installation
• Keep the underside of the leveling plates free from any oily substance.
• Ensure that a clearance of about 10 to 20 mm (0.39 to 0.79 in.) is provided between the bottomsurface of the machine base and the leveling plate.
• Fill the foundation bolt holes with mortar so as to reach the underside of the respective levelingplates. Be sure to compact the mortar thoroughly.
LE11165R0400400080001
The part names shown in are not supplied as standard equipment.
10 (0.39) to 20 (0.79)
Nut and washer
Foundation boltLock nut
Leveling jack screw
Machine base
Leveling plate
Foundation washer
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-19SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
4. Leveling the MachineLevelness of the machine has great influence on machining accuracy and machine life. Therefore,use particular care to level the machine when installing the machine.
4-1. Leveling Procedure
(1) When leveling the machine, index the spindlehead (B-axis) to 0° or 180°.Mount the level stand to the turret. Put levels on the stand as shown in the figure below. Then,check the levelness in X- and Y-axis directions at the right end and the left end of the bed guide-way.
LE11165R0400400100001
(2) Ensure that the leveling jack screws and the foundation bolts are firmly tightening before check-ing the levelness.Tolerance: 0.04 mm per 1,000 mmLeveling accuracy: error within 1 division (0.02 mm per 1,000 mm)
Model No. of LevelingJack Screws
Remarks
Between centers: 1500 15 Pass foundation bolt.
Turret
Level
Level stand
5347-E P-20SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
5. Foundation Plan
LE11165R0400400110001
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
Out
line
of b
ed b
otto
m fa
ce
Out
line
of fu
ll-en
clos
ure
shie
ldin
g
Con
cret
e ra
nge
Bed
out
line
Sta
ndar
d sp
indl
e no
seS
pind
le
cent
er
Con
cret
e
Rub
bles
Con
cret
e pi
llar
(for
sof
t gro
und)
Not
e 1.
Thi
s dr
awin
g is
a ty
pica
l pla
n. D
eter
min
e th
e co
ncre
te th
ickn
ess
acc
ordi
ng to
the
sub-
soil
cond
ition
of t
he in
stal
latio
n si
te.
2.
Pre
pare
the
follo
win
g pa
rts
befo
re in
stal
latio
n of
the
mac
hine
.
(P
arts
indi
cate
d in
the
box
in th
e ab
ove
figur
e)
1
. Fou
ndat
ion
bolts
M
16
15 p
c
2
. Nut
s an
d w
ashe
rs fo
r th
e ab
ove
M16
15
pc e
ach
3. L
evel
ing
plat
es (
150×
150×
19 m
m)
(5.9
1×5.
91×0
.75
in.)
15
pc
The
se p
arts
are
ava
ilabl
e as
opt
ions
.
3320
(130
.71)
(Bed
bot
tom
face
)
1425 (56.10) (Bed bottom face)
1120 (44.09)(Bed bottom face)
815
(32.
09)
[90
(3.5
4)]
480
(18.
90)
735
(28.
94)
650
(25.
59)
3520
(138
.58)
650
(25.
59)
625
(24.
61)
[90
(3.5
4)]
60 (2
.36)
590
(23.
23)
50 (1
.97)
50 (1
.97)
1728
(68.
03)
480
(18.
90)
40 (1
.57)
335
(13.
19)
400
(15.
75)
650
(25.
59)
4925
(193
.90)
5025
(197
.83)
3197
(125
.87)
650
(25.
59)
625
(24.
61)
40 (1
.57)
50 (1
.97)
50 (1
.97)
100
(3.9
4)
φ150
(5.9
1)
150
(5.9
1)
120(4.72)2015 (79.33)165 (6.50)
360 (14.17) 230(9.06)
50(1.97)
50(1.97) 630 (24.80)695 (27.36)
105(4.13) 200 (7.87)1020 (40.16)
50(1.97)
50 (1.97)50 (1.97)
50 (1.97) 430 (16.93)590 (23.23)
550 (21.65)
105 (4.13)
1750 (68.90)
2300 (90.55)
2400 (94.49)
200(7.87)
200(7.87)30 (1.18) 600 (23.62)
2000 (78.74)
Mor
tal i
njec
tion
port
Det
ail o
f fou
ndat
ion
bolt
asse
mbl
y (S
cale
: 1/1
0)
Det
ail o
f ins
talla
tion
(Sca
le: 1
/10)
Jack
bol
tT
ight
enin
g nu
t
Fou
ndat
ion
was
her
Fou
ndat
ion
bolt
Nut
was
her
Leve
ling
plat
e
140
(5.5
1)
190
(7.4
8)
100
(3.9
4)60
(2.3
6)30
(1.1
8)
[150 (5.91)]
500 (19.69)
500 (19.69)
360 (14.17)140(5.51)
19 (0.75)
5347-E P-21SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
6. Power Requirements and Fuse Capacity
LE11165R0400400120001
Main switch
Electricalcontrol box
x x x xR S T E
50/60Hz200V±10%
Cable size (Refer to Table 1.)
Automatic circuitbreaker
(Refer to Table 1 forbreaker capacity.)
Ground
Power source: 3-phase
Main spindleSub spindle
Tailstock
Sub spindle
Automatic breaker capacity for branch circuitCable thickness
Standard High power, big-bore
Standard
Table 1 Capacity and Cable Thickness of Automatic Breaker for
Cable thickness
Automatic breaker capacity for branch circuit
60 mm2 (0.09 in2) or over175A or over 200A or over
175A or over 200A or over80 mm2 (0.12 in2) or over
60 mm2 (0.09 in2) or over 80 mm2 (0.12 in2) or over
5347-E P-22SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
6-1. Inspection of Cable Connection
The operator can check correctness of cable connection by reading the pressure gauge whether itindicates the specified pressure level.Confirm that the pressure gauge indicates the set pressure 6.5 MPa (943 psi).When it indicates the specified pressure level, the electrical connection is correct.
CAUTION
6-2. Input Power Source Specifications
• Nominal rated voltage: 200 V
• Allowable voltage range: 180 to 220 Vrms (Includes voltage fluctuation caused by load)
• Frequency: 50/60 Hz
• Allowable frequency range: 49 to 61 Hz
• Power source inductance: Coefficient of momentary voltage fluctuation at the maximum outputshall be within 15%. (Voltage fluctuation must be within the allowable range of the voltmeter.)
CAUTION
1) Connect the ground wire to the external protective earth terminal (PE) in the controlbox.
2) Do not connect the power cord and the grounding wire in serial; if attempted, it will giveadverse affect to other equipment or cause malfunctioning of the leak breaker, etc.
3) When a leak breaker is used, select the one meeting the following rating.• For inverter circuit use• Sensitive current of 100 mA or more• Middle-sensitivity high-speed inverter type
A large inductance of power source will cause acceleration/deceleration time of the spin-dle to be elongated. In addition, it may cause the protective circuit of the DC power supplyunit to operate. Output rating is guaranteed in the operation under nominal voltage rating. If input voltagevaries, output rating may not be obtained even if the voltage is within the permissiblerange.
5347-E P-23SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
6-3. Measuring the Momentary Voltage Fluctuation Ratio
LE11165R0400400150001
Procedure :
1- Connect an AC voltmeter to the power source terminals at the machine as shown in the illus-tration.
2- Measure the voltage while the spindle motor stops and take it as V0.
3- Measure the voltage while the spindle motor is decelerating, and take the maximum value asV1.
4- Calculate the momentary voltage fluctuation ratio using the formula shown below.Momentary voltage fluctuation ratio = (V1 - V0) / V0 × 100
Note1) It is recommended to use an analog voltmeter since the response of a digital voltmeter is
rather slow and its reading is somewhat smaller than the true value.2) Since measurement is not easy if a deceleration time is short, start spindle deceleration
from a speed as high as possible.
5347-E P-24SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
6-4. Power Supply Unit (MPS)
The table below shows the allowable power source inductance for connecting MPS unit. Use thevalues shown in the table when judging the connectability of MPS unit.
Note
7. Oils to Be Prepared before InstallationPrepare the oils specified in “Lubrication Charts” and “Lubrication Oil Specification” in Section“Inspection/Maintenance”.(For oils to be supplied to an optional kit, check with us separately.)
Power Supply Unit Power Source InductanceMPS10 Max. 400 µHMPS20 Max. 140 µHMPS30 Max. 140 µH
MPS45A Max. 70 µHMPS60 Max. 70 µH
1) If more than one machine is connected to the same power source, the inductance of thepower source can be obtained by dividing the value in the table by the number ofmachines connected to the same power source.
2) Inductance by laying cable is approximately 12 µH if KIV cable is used and wiring dis-tance is 50 m (164.05 ft.).
3) We advise you not to install a capacitor for power-factor improvement, because it mayhinder proper power regeneration.
5347-E P-25SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)This manual mainly explains the manual operation so that the operator can get used to the machine operationas soon as possible.
1. Before Starting OperationsThis section deals mainly with the operating procedures of your CNC lathe under manual control. Sothe information given here is essential to every operator, whether you are new to a CNC lathe or an“old pro”.Follow these three points:
• Actually operate the CNC lathe by yourself in reference to this Instruction Manual.
• Learn the symbols for the numerical control terms.
• After you have a general idea of how your CNC lathe operates, read this manual repeatedly andalso the Programming Manual.
CAUTION
1-1. NC Operation
Before you begin to operate the machine automatically by tape, make it a rule to check the followingpoints against a process sheet, a program manuscript, or any other chart giving detailed machininginstructions:
(1) Setting of hydraulic power chuck jaws and their gripping pressure
(2) Installation and arrangement of individual cutting tools with respect to their operating sequence
(3) Setting of tool offsets
(4) Setting of zero offsets
(5) Setting of feedrate override to 100%
(6) Setting of softwired limit positions for each axis
(7) Positioning of the turret to the turret indexing position
(8) Positioning of tailstock (when the machine is equipped with tailstock)
All essential information on the setup and check-up procedures is described in the sections that fol-low.
Bring the machine to a complete stop by turning off the main switch before operationssuch as setup or adjustments inside the chip guard are carried out.Also turn off the main switch before you attempt to work inside the machine at the rearside of the machine.
5347-E P-26SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
1-2. Setting Zero Offsets
What is Zero Offset?
The common coordinate position from which a complete program is made for a particular compo-nent is termed “zero point or program zero”.The program zero is located at the fixed position (center of the spindle) on the X-axis. However, theprogram zero on the Z-axis will vary depending on the setup (incl. chuck, jaws, etc.) as indicatedwith A’ and B’ in the figure below.
LE11165R0400500040001
The operator can establish the reference point for machining (zero point of a program) by enteringX0 and Z0 through the keyboard dimensioned from the fixed zero point of the machine.“X0, Z0” is called Zero Offset Values.
Machine zero Reference point of machining on Z-axis(program zero)
Difference between reference points for machiningcaused by different setup
Jaw A
Jaw B
A ' B '
Z0
X0
Chuck
5347-E P-27SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Relation between Machine Zero, Program Origin, Zero Offset Value and Actual Position
LE11165R0400500050001
Machine zero
Reference point formachining(program zero)
Z0
Zero offsetZ
X=0, Z=0
Actual position
Tool with tool offsets
Current position ZA on machine coordinate system
Current position ZA on machinecoordinate system
The control always performs calculation "ZA-Z0" to obtainthe actual position of the tool.
The operator can set the reference point of machining(machiningorigin) at any desired point by entering zero offset value Z0.
The NC machining program needsdistance Z as absolute position ofthe tool at A.
5347-E P-28SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Setting Zero Offset Values
There are three possible cases for entering zero offset values:
• Where zero offset values are unknown, as in cutting the first workpiece for instance.
• Where zero offset values are known, as in cutting workpieces of repetitive lots.
• Where the stored offset values are modified.
Explanation for each case is provided in this paragraph with the following example.
LE11165R0400500060001
Case where zero offset value is unknown:
The explanation below is provided with 1 mm (0.04 in.) unit system.To set the zero offset value of Z-axis, proceed as follows.
Procedure :
1- Turn the end face of the part with a proper depth of cut in the manual mode.
LE11165R0400500070001
X
0
450.
230
(17.
73)
Z0
1400.000 (55.12)Measured value
100 (3.94)
Reference point for machining
Machine zero
Unit : mm (in.)(program zero)
Tool offset Z=0
5347-E P-29SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2- Measure the workpiece length to obtain the actual position of the tool dimensioned from theprogram zero by manual operation. (100.000 in the example below)
LE11165R0400500070002
3- Select the ZERO SET mode by pressing the ZERO SET key.
LE11165R0400500070003
4- The display screen is as shown below.
LE11165R0400500070004
5- Select the turret, either A- or B-turret (for two-saddle and two-turret models).
Each time is pressed, turret A and B is selected alternately.
Reference point formachining(program zero)
100 (3.94)
Unit : mm (in.)
P MacMan
A B
5347-E P-30SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
6- With the cursor control keys, move the cursor to the data column of ZERO OFFSET for Z.
LE11165R0400500070005
LE11165R0400500070006
7- Press the function key [F3] (CAL).
8- Key-in [1][0][0] through the keyboard.
LE11165R0400500070007
7 8
5
2
9
6
3
4
1
0
CAN
WRITE
BS
5347-E P-31SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
LE11165R0400500070008
9- Press the WRITE key.With this, the coordinate system is established so that the present tool position takes coordi-nate value Z100 mm (3.94 in.).
LE11165R0400500070009
7 8
5
2
9
6
3
4
1
0
CAN
WRITE
BS
5347-E P-32SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
10- The screen displays the results of calculation or set value.
LE11165R0400500070010
This completes setting the zero offset value.
CAUTION
If the tool offset values are not zero, the zero offset setting procedure will differ from the procedureindicated above.The numeral data entered through the keyboard in the above step “8-” is the sum of “measuredvalue” and “tool offset value”.
LE11165R0400500070011
• Never move the turret in the Z-axis direction until zero offset setting is completed.Keep locating the turret in the position set in the step “1-”.
• For the X-axis, the reference point does not change even when the checking method orsetup changes. Therefore, there is no need to carry out zero offset each time the set upchanges.
• Use a tool with offset values of X = 0, Z = 0, where practicable, for zero offset setting.
Cutting tool with tool offsetZ=0
Cutting tool with tool offsetZ=-0.500
0.5(0.02)
100 (3.94)
Reference point formachining(program zero)
Unit : mm (in.)
Example:A tool with a tool offset value of Z = -0.500 is used.The zero offset value is calculated as100.000 + (-0.500) = 99.500
Setting value
Tool offset value
Measured value
5347-E P-33SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
If the workpiece length is 100 mm (3.94 in.) when it has been cut using a tool with a tool offset of Z =-0.500 mm (0.0197 in.), the position of the tool with a tool offset of Z = 0 is 99.5 mm (3.917 in.) fromthe reference point (program zero).A procedure that does not require a modification of the set zero offset value is described below.
Procedure :
1- Carry out steps “1-” and “2-” as explained before.
2- Enter tool offset data to tool offset #1 register.(Refer to “Setting Tool Offset” in “Data Operation” of OSP Operation Manual.)
3- Cut the end face of the part by moving only the X-axis in the MDI mode with T01 (Tool No.)01 (Tool offset No.) active. (Refer to “Manual Data Input (MDI) Operation” in “Operation” of OSP Operation Manual.)
4- Carry out steps “3-” through “10-” as explained before.With the procedure above, it is not necessary to modify the set zero offset value by taking thetool offset value into consideration.
[Supplement]
Never reset the control after cutting the part in the MDI mode.
5347-E P-34SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Where the zero offset value is known:
To set zero offset value of X-axis, proceed as follows:Example:X0=450.230Z0=1400.000
Procedure :
1- Select the ZERO SET mode by pressing the ZERO SET key.
LE11165R0400500080001
2- The display screen is as shown below.
LE11165R0400500080002
3- Select the turret, either A- or B-turret (for two-saddle and two-turret models).
Each time is pressed, turrets A and B are selected alternately.
4- With the cursor control keys, move the cursor to the data column of ZERO OFFSET for X.
5- Press the function key [F1] (SET).
P MacMan
A B
5347-E P-35SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
6- Key in [4][5][0][.][2][3] through the keyboard.
LE11165R0400500080003
7- Press the WRITE key.
LE11165R0400500080004
With the steps indicated above, keyed-in zero offset value is stored in the zero offset area of thememory.For Z-axis zero offset entry, the same procedure applies.
7 8
5
2
9
6
3
4
1
0
CAN
WRITE
BS
5347-E P-36SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Where the stored zero offset value is to be modified:
Example:X0=450.230..........to subtract 10.000
Procedure :
1- Select the ZERO SET mode by pressing the ZERO SET key.
LE11165R0400500090001
2- With the cursor control keys, move the cursor to the data column ZERO OFFSET for X.
3- Press the function key [F2] (ADD).
LE11165R0400500090002
4- Key in [-][1][0] through the keyboard.
LE11165R0400500090003
P MacMan
7 8
5
2
9
6
3
4
1
0
CAN
WRITE
BS
5347-E P-37SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
5- Press the WRITE key, and the display screen changes as shown below.With the WRITE key pressed, the following calculation is performed in the control and theresult is stored as the X-axis zero offset value.450.230+(-10.000)=440.230
LE11165R0400500090004
For Z-axis zero offset entry, the same procedure applies.
5347-E P-38SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2. Machine Operation
2-1. Axis Direction
LE11165R0400500100001
C-axis (+)
C-axis (-)
Axis moving directions
C-axis (-)
Main spindleOpposite spindle or tailstock
H1 turret
W-axis (+)W-axis (-)
Z-axis (+)
X-axis (+)Y-axis (+)
Y-axis (-)
Z-axis (-)
X-axis (-)
B-axis (-)B-axis (+)
C-axis (+)
M spindle reverse rotation
M spindle forward rotation
5347-E P-39SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-2. Hydraulic Power Unit
LE11165R0400500110001
Pressure Indication
The pressure gauge should indicate the following set pressure:
Source pressure 6.5 MPa (943 psi)Adjusted pressure 4.5 MPa (653 psi)
Line filter
Drain port
Oil level switch
Oil filler port
Radiator
Pressure switch
Variable delivery pump
Pressure gauge
Source pressure adjusting valve
Pressure reducing valve
Suction filter
Oil level gauge
5347-E P-40SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Adjustment of Pressure
The following outlines the methods of setting individual functional units for operating pressure. Sincethe pressure lines for the turret(s) have been adjusted at our factory before shipment, they will notrequire readjustments, during the initial installation and subsequent normal service of the machine.When readjustment is to be made by your plant personnel, extreme caution must be taken in accor-dance with the instructions given here to avert any mechanical trouble in the drive lines.
• System pressure adjustment (Adjustment is not usually required.)
LE11165R0400500130001
• Hydraulic pressure for main spindle chuckRefer to “Adjustment of Oil Pressure for Hydraulic Chuck” described later.
• Adjusting opposing spindle chuck pressureAdjust with the pressure adjusting valve for the opposing spindle chuck.
LE11165R0400500130002
Pressure decrease Pressure increase
System Pressure Adjusting Valve
Source pressure abnormal alarm setting pressure: 2 MPa (290.2 psi)
Pressure adjusting valve for the hydraulic chuck of the opposing spindle
Pressure gauge for the hydraulic chuck of the opposing spindle
Pressure gauge for the hydraulic chuck of the main spindle
Pressure adjusting valve for the hydraulic chuck of the main spindle
5347-E P-41SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Hydraulic Oil
CAUTION
A clogged filter element causes contaminated oil to circulate through the hydraulic system, whichmay lead to a machine trouble.When changing the element, proceed as follows:
Procedure :
1- Turn off the power (be sure to turn off the main switch).
2- Unscrew and remove the filter housing by turning the nut portion of the housing provided atthe bottom.
3- Pull out the filter element downward.
4- Clean the inside of the housing.
5- Insert a new element into the body.
6- Screw and fit the housing onto the body.
LE11165R0400500140001
Oil Specification HM32Amount 20 liter (5.3 gal)Oil Change Interval Change after first month of operation and every 6 months thereafter.
Clean the suction filter, the line filter, and the tank when changing the oil. Check the pres-sure for respective actuators.
(Hou
sing
rem
ovin
g m
argi
n ne
eded
to
chan
ge th
e el
emen
t: 15
7 (6
.18)
)
Nut portion of the housing
Housing
Body
Filter element
[27.7 (1.091)]
24(0
.94)
Unit: mm (in.)
OutletInlet
5347-E P-42SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Maker YamashinType PX040A with a filtering accuracy of 30 µm
Part No. H0032-0009-96
5347-E P-43SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-3. Spindle Speed Selection (Spindle Power/Torque Diagrams)
Standard Spindle- 3,800 min-1 Specification
LE11165R0400500150001
Tor
que
Tra
nsm
itted
[N⋅m
(lbf
-ft)]
Spindle Speed min-1
38 min-1
22 kW (30 hp)(30 min)
15 kW (20 hp)(cont.)
300 min-1 700 min-1
50
100
400500
700
1000
20
10
100 200 500 1000 3000 3700
Pow
er T
rans
mitt
ed [k
W (
hp)]
700 N⋅m (515.9 lbf-ft)
477 N⋅m (351.6 lbf-ft)
205 N⋅m (151.1 lbf-ft)
300 N⋅m (221.1 lbf-ft)
3800
5347-E P-44SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the shaded area so that cutting is performed withina constant output range.
• Low-speed/high-speed range is changed by switching the VAC motor coil connection (switchingtakes approx. 1 sec.)
LE11165R0400500150002
CAUTIONIn conjunction with the above graph, refer to the Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Charac-teristics Diagram (the graph that shows the relation between the chuck rotation speed andits gripping force).
M42 M41
3800
700 700
300
38
5347-E P-45SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Optional Big-bore and High-Power Spindle - 2,800 min-1 Specification
LE11165R0400500160001
Tor
que
Tra
nsm
itted
[N⋅m
(lbf
-ft)]
Spindle Speed min-1
Pow
er T
rans
mitt
ed [k
W (
hp)]
30 min-1
30 kW (40 hp) (15 min)
22 kW (30 hp) (cont.)
318 min-1 700 min-1
50
400
30
10
700
900
100 200 500 1000 2800
300 N⋅m (221.4 lbf-ft)
660 N⋅m (487.1 lbf-ft)
408 N⋅m (301.1 lbf-ft)
900 N⋅m (664.2 lbf-ft)
5347-E P-46SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the shaded area so that cutting is performed withina constant output range.
• Low-speed/high-speed range is changed by switching the VAC motor coil connection (switchingtakes approx. 1 sec.)
LE11165R0400500160002
CAUTIONIn conjunction with the above graph, refer to the Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Charac-teristics Diagram (the graph that shows the relation between the chuck rotation speed andits gripping force).
M42 M41
2800
700 700
318
30
5347-E P-47SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Optional Large-Diameter Spindle - 3,800 min-1 Specification
LE11165R0400500170001
Tor
que
Tra
nsm
itted
[N⋅m
(lb
f-ft)
]
Spindle Speed min-1
Pow
er T
rans
mitt
ed [(
kW (
hp)]
38 min-1
900 N⋅m (664.2 lbf-ft)
660 N⋅m (487.1 lbf-ft)
408 N⋅m (301.1 lbf-ft)
30 kW (40 hp) (15 min)
22 kW (30 hp) (cont.)
300 N⋅m (221.4 lbf-ft)
318 min-1 700 min-1
50
100
500
700
900
30
10
100 200 500 1000 3000 3800
5347-E P-48SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the shaded area so that cutting is performed withina constant output range.
• Low-speed/high-speed range is changed by switching the VAC motor coil connection.
LE11165R0400500170002
CAUTIONIn conjunction with the above graph, refer to the Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Charac-teristics Diagram (the graph that shows the relation between the chuck rotation speed andits gripping force).
M42 M41
3800
700 700
318
38
5347-E P-49SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-4. Rotary Tool (M-tool) Spindle Speed Selection
M-Tool Spindle Power - Torque Transmission Diagram
LE11165R0400500180001
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the range painted in black in the figure below sothat cutting is performed within a constant output range.
• The spindle speed range is changed between low and high by coil switching of the PREX motor.
LE11165R0400500180002
85 (63) N-m (5 min)
59.6 (44.0) N-m (cont.)
44.5 (32.8) N-m (5 min)
32 (24) N-m (cont.)
14 (19) kW (5 min) 14 (19) kW (5 min)
10 (13) kW (cont.) 10 (13) kW (cont.)
Spindle Speed
Spi
ndle
Mot
or O
utpu
t
Spi
ndle
Tor
que
Standard Spindle - 6,000 min-1
5347-E P-50SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
[Supplement]
When the rotary tool spindle operation command is issued, the spindle angle electricsearch function is activated for several seconds and the rotary tool spindle slowly rotatesmax 360° before it starts rotation regardless of the specified spindle speed.
• This angle search function is activated by CW, CCW or orientation command only forthe first time after the operation power is supplied.
• The spindle speed may vary during activation of this function.
5347-E P-51SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
M-Tool Spindle Power - Torque Transmission Diagram
LE11165R0400500190001
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the range painted in black in the figure below sothat cutting is performed within a constant output range.
• The spindle speed range is changed between low and high by coil switching of the PREX motor.
LE11165R0400500190002
65.5 (48.3) N-m (5 min)
45 (33) N-m (cont.)
28 (21) N-m (5 min)
19.7 (14.5) N-m (cont.)
13 (17) kW (5 min)
20 (27) kW (5 min)
9 (12) kW (cont.)
14 (19) kW (cont.)
Spindle Speed min-1
Spi
ndle
Mot
or O
utpu
t
Spi
ndle
Tor
que
High Power Spindle - 10,000 min-1
5347-E P-52SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
[Supplement]
When the rotary tool spindle operation command is issued, the spindle angle electricsearch function is activated for several seconds and the rotary tool spindle slowly rotatesmax 360° before it starts rotation regardless of the specified spindle speed.
• This angle search function is activated by CW, CCW or orientation command only forthe first time after the operation power is supplied.
• The spindle speed may vary during activation of this function.
5347-E P-53SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-5. C-axis Brake
[Supplement]
Arrangement of C-axis control related hydraulics:
LE11165R0400500200001
Setting pressure for low-pressure brake should be 1 MPa (145 psi)
For the C-axis, three kinds of brakes are applied meeting the machine operation.• C-axis indexing (rapid feed)
Brake free• Cutting while controlling C-axis (profile generation etc.)
Brake pressure low setting: 1 MPa (145 psi)• Cutting while clamping C-axis (keyway cutting, etc.)
Brake pressure 4.5 MPa (653 psi)
(Chuck pressure gauge)
(Chuck pressure adjusting valve)
Solenoid valves for switching brake pressure
Pressure adjusting valve for low pressure brake
Brake pressure gauge
5347-E P-54SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck
The construction of hydraulic chuck is shown below.
LE11165R0400500210001
Installation of Hydraulic Chuck
Procedure :
1- Press the CONTROL ON pushbutton switch on the operation panel and step on the CHUCKoperation foot panel. This causes the connecting rod (draw tube) in the spindle bore to moveforward.
2- Fasten the connecting rod to the draw screws A. (Fasten the draw tube to the chuck.)* Use the Allen wrench furnished with the machine.
3- Secure the chuck body onto the spindle end, using mounting bolts B.
4- Adjust the draw screw A so that the outer ends of the master jaws become flush with theperipheral surface of the chuck body when the top jaws are in the OPEN condition.
The individual chuck jaws can be moved in the “opening” direction as the draw screw A is turned inthe counterclockwise direction. Removal of the hydraulic chuck from the spindle is the reverse ofinstallation in steps from “3-” to “2-”.
WARNINGWhen changing parts such as chuck, jaws, or stopper block inside the chip and coolantshield, keep the following in mind:
• Always shut off the source power before changing parts.• Never issue M19 (spindle orientation) or M110 (C-axis joint) command while changing
parts.
Hollow ChuckSolid Chuck
Chuck body
Master jaw Jaw nut
Pilot bushing
Top jaw
Wedge plunger
Mounting bolt B
Draw tube
Draw screw A
Nut
Connectingrod
Jaw nut Top jaw
Draw tube
Mountingbolt B
CHUCKoperating pedal
5347-E P-55SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Hollow chuck cylinder
LE11165R0400500230001
Position of the dog moving with the hydraulic rotary cylinder piston is detected by the proximityswitches to confirm the chuck jaw position. (optional)
Hydraulic cylinder
Draw tube
Power chuck
Proximity switches
Dog
5347-E P-56SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Adjustment of Oil Pressure for Hydraulic Chuck
The gripping pressure of the chuck jaws is dependent upon the working pressure of hydraulic fluidwhich is determined by the setting of the chuck pressure adjusting valve installed at the front of themachine. (See “Hydraulic Power Unit” described previously.)A clockwise turn of the valve knob increases the working oil pressure directed into the chuck cylin-der and counterclockwise turn decreases it.The allowable maximum pressure is indicated in the table below. Adjust the pressure meeting thetypes of chuck.
Maximum Permissible Spindle Speeds and Oil Pressure Setting
Maximum permissible spindle speed varies depending on types of chuck and cylinder to be used.See the table below:
WARNING
How to set Maximum Spindle Speed
The maximum spindle speed to which spindle speed is to be limited due to chuck specifications,influence of centrifugal force on chuck gripping force, imbalance of workpiece, etc. can be set byprogram.
LE11165R0400500260001
Programmed maximum spindle speed is effective until another spindle speed is designated.
No. Types and Size MPa (psi) min-1 Type of Cylinder
1 Hollow typeB-210A801D 3.0 (435) 3,800 SS1770C01
2 Hollow typeB-212A801F 3.9 (566) 3,300 SS1770C01
3 Hollow typeB-215A101 3.2 (464) 2,800 F2596H-01
4 Solid typeN-10A801A 2.0 (290) 3,800 SS1770C01
5 Solid typeN-12A801B 2.9 (421) 3,380 SS1770C01
6 Solid typeN-15A1101 2.9 (421) 2,800 Y2035
This table indicates the permissible spindle speed for standard chuck. If a chuck otherthan those indicated above is used, follow the instruction on the name plate at the frontcover of the machine.
Format:
G50 S OOOO ⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅To be specified in a block without other commands
Specify the required maximum spindle speed.
5347-E P-57SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Notes for Setting Proximity Switch (Optional)
Method of adjusting proximity switch position in longitudinal direction
For hollow cylinder
Loosen the screws clamping the two proximity switch plates to slide them with the proximity switchto determine the position. After determining the position, tighten the proximity switch plate clampscrews.
LE11165R0400500280001
Adjustingstroke
Slide
Proximity switchplate clamping screw(2 screws each) Proximity switch
Proximity switch
Dog
5347-E P-58SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Setting Proximity Switches
OD chucking
Set the proximity swithes at the positions as indicated below:Proximity switch (A): Piston advance endProximity switch (B): Chuck gripping position
LE11165R0400500290001
LE11165R0400500290002
CAUTIONAlways actually clamp the workpiece to set the proximity switch at the chuck grippingposition.
Chuck Side
(B) (A)
Piston retract end(jaw close end)
Chuck gripping position
Piston advance end(jaw open end)
(A) (B)
5347-E P-59SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
ID chucking
Set the proximity swithes at the positions as indicated below:Proximity switch (B): Piston retract endProximity switch (A): Chuck gripping position
LE11165R0400500300001
LE11165R0400500300002
Note
CAUTION
According to the OD/ID chucking, the proximity switch to be set at the chuck gripping posi-tion differs.
Always actually clamp the workpiece to set the proximity switch at the chuck grippingposition.
(B) (A)
Piston retract end(jaw open end)
Chuck gripping position
Piston advance end(jaw close end)
(A) (B)
5347-E P-60SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Confirmation Signals
Signal input status display
Whether the proximity switches are correctly set or not and the corresponding signals are ON orOFF can be checked by the check data display screen.For the procedure to display the CHECK DATA screen, refer to the OSP Maintenance Manual.
LE11165R0400500310001
Checking input signals
When the proximity switches are set in position, their signal status changes as indicated belowaccording to the chuck status.
• OD chucking:At chuck gripping position iCHOPC.......0 iCHCLC.......1At piston advance end position iCHOPC.......1 iCHCLC.......0
• ID chucking:At chuck gripping position iCHOPC.......1 iCHCLC.......0At piston retract end position iCHOPC.......0 iCHCLC.......1
PROGRAMSELECT
ACTUALPOSIT
PARTPROGRAM
BLOCKDATA SERCH
CHECKDATA [EXTEND]
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
AUTO OPERATION A. MIN97/08/07 12:00:00
UNIT 1mmI/O CHECK No. 27 SS14 2/2 PAGE 22
N 0
BIT LABEL 0 iTSA1 1 iTSA2 2 iTSRF 3 iTSOAC 4 iTSLMC 5 iTSRTC 6 iDRSRB/ 7 iSTTSUC DATA=00H
BIT LABEL 8 iCHP1 9 iCHP2 A iCHCLC B iCHOPC C iTCLB D iTUCB E iTCLA F iTUCA DATA=00H
[INPUT] [OUTPUT]
CHECK DATA A TURRET
BIT LABEL 0 oACL1 1 oACL2 2 oACL3 3 oACLMT 4 oTSADO 5 oTSRTO 6 7 DATA=00H
BIT LABEL 8 oHYMON 9 oBOMT A oCHCLO B oCHOPO C oTCLB D oTUCB E oTCLA F oTUCA DATA=00H
••••••••••
Indicates the proximitylimit switch input position.The signal name inreverse video showsthat the correspondingswitch signal is ON.
5347-E P-61SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Chuck clamp/unclamp confirmation timer
There may be cases in which the chuck open/close is not completed even if the corresponding sig-nal is input. For such cases, timer function can be used to delay the confirmation of the chuck oper-ation after the input of the signal.The timer is set using the following parameters.
• Machine user parameter (chuck)Chuck clamp confirmation timerThis timer operates on receiving the signal from the proximity switch at the chuck gripping posi-tion until the chuck clamping is completed.
• Machine user parameter (chuck)Chuck unclamp confirmation timerThis timer operates on receiving the signal from the proximity switch at the piston advance end(for OD gripping) or the proximity switch at the piston retract end (for ID gripping) until the chuckunclamping is completed.
Set both timers in units of 0.01 sec. The default chuck clamp confirmation time is 100 (1sec) and thedefault chuck unclamp confirmation time is 0.For the procedure of setting machine user parameters, refer to the OSP Operation Manual.
5347-E P-62SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Characteristics Diagram
Chuck speed - clamping force diagram for hollow chucks
LE11165R0400500340001
43kN (9675 lbf) (Hydraulic pressure: 3.1MPa (449.8 psi))
43kN (9675 lbf) (Hydraulic pressure: 3.1MPa (449.8 psi))
00 1000 2000 3000 3800
3100
20
40
60
80
100
111104.4
Chuck: B -210A801DCylinder: SS1770C01A
Soft jaw: SB10B1 Center height of clamping part: 22 mmSoft jaw: SB10A1-080 Center height of clamping part: 41 mm
Input
SB10A1-080
SB10B1
Chuck Rotating Speed min-1
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
kN (
lbf)
5347-E P-63SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Chuck speed - clamping force diagram for solid chucks
LE11165R0400500350001
29kN (6525 lbf) (Hydraulic pressure: 2.17MPa (314.87 psi))
29kN (6525 lbf) (Hydraulic pressure: 2.17MPa (314.87 psi))
00 1000 2000 3000 3800
3100
Chuck Rotating Speed min-1
20
40
60
80
100
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
kN (
lbf)
108102.6
Chuck: N -10A0801ACylinder: SS1770C01A
Soft jaw: SB10A1 Center height of clamping part: 22 mmSoft jaw: SB10A1-080 Center height of clamping part: 41 mmInput
SB10A1
SB10A1-080
5347-E P-64SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
General Precaution for Using Power Chucks
CAUTION
Change of Chuck Gripping Direction - ID/OD Gripping
Gripping direction of the power chuck - ID gripping and OD gripping - can be changed by pressingthe flat key on the operation panel.The change of gripping direction may be made only while the spindle stops.
Greasing
CAUTION
In order to insure maximum safety in operation, the following points call for your specialnotice:
• Select the right chuck that matches the machine’s capacity.• Workpieces should be clamped in the chuck without imbalance. Cutting conditions
must be selected by referring to the “Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force CharacteristicsDiagram” since chuck jaw gripping force varies depending on the spindle speed.The maximum spindle speed and maximum allowable pressure limit (maximum setting)are indicated on the instruction plate attached to the front of the chip guard.The maximum spindle speed refers to the speed at which the chuck can be turned, withits gripping force maintained more than one-third of its rating, while the outer ends ofthe individual top jaws are positioned evenly with the peripheral surface of the body.
• When soft top jaws larger than standard ones provided with the machine are preparedby the customer and used with the chuck, keep in mind that developing centrifugalforce and decreasing efficiency may reduce the actual gripping force. Be sure toreduce the spindle speed accordingly.
• Where jaw nuts shown below go beyond the peripheral surface of the body, only onebolt secures the corresponding jaw and a very dangerous condition is created. Alwayslocate the jaw nuts within the periphery of the body as shown below. It is a good andsafe practice to use soft top jaws that are made to fit the actual work configuration.
LE11165R0400500360001
• Before starting spindle rotation, be sure to close the front door.
The chuck has grease nipples either on the chuck front face or on its periphery. Applygrease to the nipples according to the instruction manual of the chuck.Since chips and foreign matter accumulate on the jaw moving surfaces on the chuck,clean them every day and lubricate them with the hydraulic oil (HM32, MAS).
Wrong Right
Jaw nut Jaw
5347-E P-65SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-7. Cutting Soft Top Jaws of Power Chuck
There are two different methods applied in cutting soft top jaws of chuck jaws for chucking a particu-lar lot of parts.
• by pulse feed handwheel
• by manual data input (MDI)
They are all basically the same operations, and it is advisable to use the manual data input when agood finish on the chucking surfaces of the jaws is essential.Now let’s explain the steps necessary to produce the top jaws for chucking the diameter of 70 mm(2.76 in.) with a depth of 15 mm (0.59 in.) by use of the manual data input.
LE11165R0400500390001
Procedure :
1- Grip a ring of proper diameter in the chuck:φ50 mm (1.97 in.) ring for instance
2- Locate the tool tip point at point A and set the zero offset value so that the actual position ofX-axis is equivalent to the ring diameter; 50 mm (1.97 in.) in this case.Actual Position: X = 50.000 mm (X = 2.0000 in.)
3- Locate the tool tip point at point B and set the zero offset value so that the actual position ofZ-axis is equivalent to the required chucking depth of length; 15 mm (0.59 in.) in this case.Actual Position: Z = 15.000 mm (Z = 0.6000 in.)
Unit: mm (in.)
A
B
15(0.59)
φ50
(1.9
7)φ7
0 (2
.76)
Ring
5347-E P-66SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
4- Proceed with cutting by entering the following commands block by block.In the example, the depth of cut is 5 mm (0.20 in.) and the feedrate is 0.1 mm/rev (0.004 ipr).The spindle speed must be selected to suit the operation.
LE11165R0400500390002
G50 S
G00 X60 Z 18 S M41 M03
G01 Z 0.1 F0.1
G00 X58 Z 18
X69.6
G01 Z 0.1
G00 X67 Z 18
X70
G01 Z 0
X48
G00 Z500 M05
5347-E P-67SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-8. NC Tailstock Operations
NC Tailstock Construction
The NC tailstock is designed for the OSP to control the tailstock thrust by motor torque.When the tailstock supports a workpiece, the thrust spring assembled in the ball screw warps tomaintain the tailstock thrusting force.
LE11165R0400500400001
LE11165R0400500400002
Motor
Workpiece Tailstock center
Tailstock body
Ball screw
Thrust spring (9 pc)
Coupling
Tails
tock
thru
st (k
N)
Spring deflection (mm)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Min thrust: 1.5kN
Tailstock thrust adjustment range: 1.5 to 7 kN
5347-E P-68SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
NC Tailstock Position Setting
Refer to MULTUS B400 Operation Manual.
Adjusting Tailstock Spindle Thrust
MULTUS B400 has the tailstock thrust adjusting range of 1.5 to 7 kN (338 to 1575 lbf).For the thrust adjusting method, refer to MULTUS B400 Operation Manual.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONSThe tailstock quill thrust largely affects the service life of the spindle or the live center. Donot set the thrust unnecessarily high.
5347-E P-69SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Center-work/Chuck-work Selector Switch
Set whether the NC tailstock is used (center-work) or not (chuck-work) by setting parameters.
Advancing or Retracting the NC Tailstock
Advance or retract the NC tailstock using the foot pedal switches in the front.
LE11165R0400500440001
Allowable Loads and Speeds of the Rotating Center
Use the rotating center under the allowable loads of standard rotating center MT No. 5 shown in thetable below:
LE11165R0400500450001
Center-work : The NC tailstock operates by the foot pedal switch.The spindle can rotate only when the left foot pedal switch is stamped to the sec-ond step.
Chuck-work : The NC tailstock does not operate.The spindle can rotate only when the NC tailstock is located in between the set retract position and the retract end.
(a) Left foot pedal switch (2-step type) - For advancing the NC tailstockFirst step (the pedal is lightly stamped) (The spindle does not rotate.)
- The NC tailstock advances while the pedal remains stamped.
Second step (the pedal is fully stamped)(The spindle rotates.)
- The sleeve advances to the to the set tailstock position by stamping the foot pedal switch.
(b) Right foot pedal switch (1-step type) - For retracting the NC tailstockThe NC tailstock retracts to the set retract position only while the footswitch is being stepped on. If the switch is stepped on again in the set retract position, the NC tailstock retracts to its retract end.
Right foot pedal switch (1-step type) for retracting NC tailstock
Left foot pedal switch (2-step type) for advancing NC tailstock
1000
0
2000
3000
40004200
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 [Hr]
Spi
ndle
Spe
ed
[min-1]
Lifetime
4900N
3920N
3430N
Thrust load2940N
5347-E P-70SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Quill Taper Adjustment
When the workpiece has a tapered portion, its cylindricity can be adjusted by using the taper adjust-ing device provided in the NC tailstock.The adjustment procedure is as follows:
Procedure :
1- Loosen all four of the bolt-a, which are fastening the tailstock.
2- Remove the taper adjusting device cover by removing the two bolts (b).
3- Loosen the two bolts (d) so that the hexagon head screw (c) at the center of the device canbe rotated.
4- When the hexagon head screw (c) is rotated clockwise using a wrench, the center tip movesin the direction of (e). When rotated counterclockwise, the tip moves toward in the direction of(f).
5- The scale plate (g) is used to roughly grasp the taper adjustment amount, but its value is onlya criterion. To check the actual effect of taper adjustment, directly measure the workpiecedimensions with a dial gauge or perform trial machining after adjusting the taper cylindricity.
6- After adjusting the taper cylindricity, be sure to tighten the bolts (a) and (d), and fix the tapercompensation device cover with the screws (b).
LE11165R0400500460001
b(2 pc)
c d(2 pc)
g
M10
φ100µ (φ3.94µ)
φ100µ (φ3.94µ)
e
f
a(4 pc)
0
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-71SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-9. Precautions in Handling Turret
CAUTIONThe turret incorporates a rotary tool drive unit.To protect this drive unit, observe the following instructions.
LE11165R0400500470001
• Never attempt cleaning or washing the end face of H1 spindle by air blow or coolantblow while no toolholder is mounted in the spindle.
• Before rotating the spindlehead, move the spindlehead to the area where it does notinterfere with the work or the chuck.
• The spindlehead may not be completely clamped immediately after it is rotated.Therefore, wait at least 0.5 second before starting cutting operation.
Spindlehead
H1 spindle that accepts eitherturning tool or rotary tool
5347-E P-72SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-10. ATC
Tool to be prepared: HSK-A63
LE11165R0400500480001
• The “tool shank” is HSK-A63. The shank and gripper dimensions shall conform to DIN 69893-1.For turning tool, some dimensions are specially controlled to improve tool mounting accuracy.Therefore please consult us when using a tool other than OKUMA standard tool.
• The “max tool length” from the face that fits the spindle nose to the tool tip is 400 mm (15.75 in.).
• The “max tool length with adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used in adja-cent to the magazine tool gripper is the same with that of the standard tool. Refer to the relateddrawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool length without adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used withthe tool grippers adjacent to the magazine tool gripper kept empty is the same with that of thesuper large diameter tool. Refer to the related drawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool mass” or the tool mass including the tool shank is 10 kg (22.0 lb).
• “Max tool mass moment”: The maximum tool mass is 10 kg (22.0 lb) but its center of gravityshall be located within 80 mm (3.15 in.) from the face which brought into contact with the spin-dle nose.
• The “face mill (full-back)” having a diameter of up to 115 mm (4.58 in.) can be installed.
LE11165R0400500480002
Face brought into contact with the spindle nose
10 kg x 80 mm (22.0 lb x 3.15 in.)
10 kg (22.0 lb)
80 (3.15)
MAX 400 (15.75)
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-73SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
LE11165R0400500480003
CAUTIONUse the holder with coolant duct shown in the figure above. Using the part other than theholder with coolant duct may result in machine malfunction.
Coolant duct
Section A-A
5347-E P-74SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool to be prepared: CAPTO-C6 tool
LE11165R0400500490001
• The “tool shank” conforms to CAPTO-C6. The shank and gripper dimensions shall conform toCAPTO-C6 standard specified by Sandvic.
• The “max tool length” from the face that fits the spindle nose to the tool tip is 400 mm (15.75 in.).
• The “max tool length with adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used in adja-cent to the magazine tool gripper is the same with that of the standard tool. Refer to the relateddrawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool length without adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used withthe tool grippers adjacent to the magazine tool gripper kept empty is the same with that of thesuper large diameter tool. Refer to the related drawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool mass” or the tool mass including the tool shank is 10 kg (22.0 lb).
• “Max tool mass moment”: The maximum tool mass is 10 kg (22.0 lb) but its center of gravityshall be located within 80 mm (3.15 in.) from the face which brought into contact with the spin-dle nose.
• The “face mill (full-back)” having a diameter of up to 115 mm (4.58 in.) can be installed.
LE11165R0400500490002
φ63 (2.48)Face brought into contact with the spindle nose
Unit: mm (in.)
80 (3.15)
MAX 400 (15.75)
10 kg - 80 mm (22.0 lb - 3.15 in.)
10 kg (22.0 lb)
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-75SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool shank dimensions (HSK-A63)
Extracts from DIN69893-1
LE11165R0400500500001
CAUTIONFor turning tool, some dimensions are specially controlled to improve tool mounting accu-racy. Please consult us when using a tool other than OKUMA standard tool.
A0.015
A
A
B0.05
B
A
Section A-A Unit: mm (in.)
1:10
0-0.5R1
M18X1
φ12
(0
.47)
24.5 (0.965)
3 (0.12)
φ34.
5 0
-0
.13.75+0.15
0
72.3
0 -0.1
φ
φ55
0 -0.1
18.13JS10 (0.7138)
10+0.22 0
1+0.3 0
φ40H
11 (
1.57
)
φ37
(1.4
6)
φ34
(1.3
4) H
10
12 0-0.310 0
-0.17±0.1 (0.28±0.0039)
MA
Xφ8
.4 (
0.33
1)
20 0-0.3
26.5 0-0.226.5 0
-0.2
18 (
0.71
) H
10
16 (
0.63
) H
10
20 0 -0
.3
18.11 (0.7130)
9.15
(0.
3602
)
10+0.09 0φ
12.5
4 ±
0.0
4
(0.4
937
± 0
.001
6)
21 (0.83)
6+0.2 0
MIN 42 (1.65)
26 0-0.232 0
-0.2
φ7.5 (0.295)
9±0.1 (0.35±0.004)
18±0.1 (0.71 ± 0.004)
14.7 (0.579)
6.3 (0.248)
φ46.
53+
0.00
7+
0.00
3
φ48
+0.
011
-0.0
07
φ63
(2.4
8) H
10
R8 (0.31)
0.6 (0.0236)
R
R1.5
0-0
.2
R1.5 0-0.2
R1.5
(0.059)
R0.3 (0.012)
1.2R
R8 (0.31)
7
15°
30°
60° ±0°15'
30°0°-0°30'
45°
φ52
(2.0
5)M
AX
30°
A0.1
A0.1
A0.002
A0.05
A0.05
B0.1
(φ0.39 0.00350
)
(1.260-0.008 ) (1.02
0-0.008 )
(0.148+0.0060 )
(R0.040-0.020)
R8 (0.31)(φ1.
8319
+0.
0002
8+
0.00
012
)
(φ1.
89+0
.000
43+0
.000
28)
(R0.
059
0-0
.008
)
(φ2.
170 -0
.004
)
(φ2.
846
0 -0.0
04)
(0.39 0-0.004 )
(0.04 +0.0120 )
(0.39 +0.00870 )
(R0.059 0-0.008 )
(φ1.
358
0 -0.0
04)
(1.0430-0.008 ) (1.0430
-0.008 )
(0.7
90 -0
.012
)
(0.79 0-0.012)
5347-E P-76SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Safety Precautions for ATC Operation
CAUTION
WARNING
Effects of Preparation of Next ATC Tool on Machining-finished Surface
Preparing the next ATC tool during finishing may cause slight adverse effects on the finished surfacedue to vibration.To prevent it, use the “M227 ATC operation complete wait” command. For further information aboutthis command, see the “Programming Manual”.
1) When indexing the magazine in the manual mode, exercise utmost care to ensuresafety.
2) In order to draw the tool out of the spindle tapered bore to change the tool, move thetool tip 120 mm (4.72 in.) with the tool attached to the tool spindle.
3) Dirt, dust, and chips on the guide rails of the magazine, the ready station, the sub arm,the tool change arm and other tool change units may cause an ATC malfunction.Clean from time to time. Avoid the use of compressed air when cleaning. The air couldblow chips into working units and lead to major trouble. Cleaning and other mainte-nance work should never be made while the ATC is in motion.
4) Some tools get easily entangled with chips. Prevent chips from getting into the ATC(magazine).
5) In maintenance work, M204 (ATC door open) and M205 (ATC door close) commandsallow adjustment of the ATC unit with the door open. In normal operation, however,ensure that M205 door close command is always effective.
1) The magazine, tool change arm, and spindle are designed to grip the tool positively.However, tools with sharp cutting edges are turned around during ATC cycle and maydrop due to interference with workpieces or covers. DO NOT get close or touch anyparts during ATC cycle.
2) Use the EMERGENCY STOP button to interrupt ATC operation. The SLIDE HOLD key onthe pendant operation panel does not stop the cycle.
5347-E P-77SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Preparation of the tools to be mounted in the magazine
• The ATC magazine can store up to 20 tools (40 and 80 tools for optional ATC spec). Each toolgripper is identified with memory address and each gripper number is indicated with the name-plate at the magazine gripper.
• For the tools specified in the process sheet, it is advisable to set the tool edge dimensions inadvance using the tool presetter, etc. for efficient preparation for machine operation.
• When mounting the tool to the spindle, carefully clean the tool taper shank and gripper jaws.Note that adhesion of dust to the shank may cause machining error.
• Mount the tools specified in the process sheet to the empty tool grippers.When using a tool other than the standard tools, ensure that the tool does not interfere with theadjacent tools.
• Before mounting or removing tools, open the magazine door at the back of the machine.The tool is held by the gripper spring in the tool magazine and can be mounted or removed at adesired position.To mount the tool, open the gripper by hooking the attached tool to the gripper jaws of the toolmagazine, insert the tool, and close the gripper jaws. The attached tool can also be used toopen the gripper jaws and extract the tool.
Removing a tool
Procedure :
1- Insert the operation lever into the objective toolpot.
2- Release the lock lever by pulling up the operation lever.
3- Fit a toolpot onto the tool.
4- While holding the tool with your hand, remove the tool from the magazine chain using theoperation lever.
5- Remove the tool from the toolpot.
5347-E P-78SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Inserting a tool
Procedure :
1- Match the tool phase with the toolpot and insert the tool into the toolpot.
2- While holding the tool, insert the tool into the magazine chain using the operation lever.
3- Retract the toolpot.
4- Pull out the operation lever.
LE11165R0400500530001
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS1) Do not grip tools with a bare hand.2) Match the tool phase with the toolpot when inserting a tool, so that tool can be
completely inserted into the toolpot.
2
6
5
4
7
9
8
3
1
Operation lever
Toolpot
Lock lever
Tool
5347-E P-79SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-11. Interlock
CAUTIONThis machine is equipped with the following interlock functions as standard specifica-tions. These functions are important for safe operation of the machine. Thoroughly under-stand the explanations below before operating the machine.
• Maximum spindle speed interlock functionThe spindle speed is limited by the max. spindle speed (set by G50 command) and theallowable chuck rotation speed. The spindle speed is limited to whichever is lower.Without setting of the max. spindle speed, the spindle cannot be rotated by the pro-gram. For details regarding speed setting method and set values, refer to the OSPOperation Manual separately issued.
• Door interlock E functionSpindle or turret rotation with the door open is very dangerous. This function restrictsthe machine operations when the door is open.a) Max. spindle speed: 50 min-1
b) Max. feedrate: 2 m/min (7 fpm)c) The turret can be indexed only when it is indexed station by station in manual mode
(the other mode is not allowed). For detailed conditions, refer to the Safe OperationFunction Manual separately issued.
• Safety door switchThis is the function for preventing the operator from opening the front door acciden-tally.While the machine is in operation, the safety door switch provided at door upper partoperates to lock the door.Be sure to check that the machine has stopped before opening the door. No that theattempt to forcibly open the locked door may damage the switch.The operator door can be opened when the machine is in the state of emergency stop.However, when the power is turned off or interrupted by power failure, the door cannotbe opened. In such a case, release the door lock by the following procedure:a) The door lock switchs are provided on left top and right top of the operator door.
(See the figure below.)b) Remove the cap from the door lock release key insertion slot, and insert the release
key into the slot.c) Turn the release key to UNLOCK position to release the lock.d) Open the door.
- When restarting the machine, turn the release key from UNLOCK to LOCK. - The machine does not operate in the unlock state even if the door is closed. - The release key shall be always kept in the custody of the person in charge.
5347-E P-80SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
WARNING
2-12. After Completion of a Day’s Operation
Procedure :
1- Press the CONTROL OFF button on the operation panel.
2- Turn the main switch on the control box to OFF.
3- Clean the machine and keep the surrounding area neat and in order.
• When entering the machine by unlocking the door lock switch, never approach thespindle until you confirm that it comes to a complete stop. The spindle might be rotat-ing due to inertia.
• When you unlock the door during machine operation, the machine is stopped by inter-lock function. Do not unlock the door lock switch while the machine is running.
LE11165R0400500540001
Door lock switch release key insertion slot
Safety door switch
LOCK
UNLOCK
Door lock switch release key
5347-E P-81SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
2-13. Manually Operated Chuck
Inspection
Check the model name indicated on the chuck body, possible damages during transportation, andaccessories.
Standards
The four-jaw independent chucks (Kitagawa) are manufactured in strict adherence to the standardsstipulated in JIS B6154 (Independent chucks). The standards applied in manufacturing and inspec-tion of the chucks are provided on the following pages.IC Type
Unit: mm (in.)
Type Maximum Chucking Diameter Run-out of Chuck Body
Circumference and Front Face
Adaptor Installation Section Dimensions
Bolts
inch mm ID Chucking OD Chucking P.C.D No. of Bolts ×
Bolt Size4 100 40 (1.57) 90 (3.54)
Within 0.030 (0.00118)
75 (2.95) +0.030 (0.00118)0
86 (3.39) 4-M8
6 150 60 (2.36) 140 (5.51) 130 (5.12)
+0.040 (0.00157)0
115 (4.53) 4-M10
8 200 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28) 175 (6.88)
155 (6.10) 4-M12
10 250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66) 150 (5.91)
125 (4.92) 4-M12
12 300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43) 170 (6.69)
140 (5.51) 4-M12
14 350 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20)
Within 0.035 (0.00138)
190 (7.48)
+0.046 (0.00181)0
160 (6.30) 4-M12
16 400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 210 (8.27)
180 (7.09) 4-M16
18 450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94) 230 (9.06)
200 (7.87) 4-M16
20 500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
Within 0.040 (0.00157)
250 (9.84)
220 (8.66) 4-M16
22 550 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69) 275 (10.83) +0.052 (0.00205)
0
240(9.45)
4-M20
24 600 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65) 300 (11.81)
260 (10.24) 4-M20
26 660 370 (14.57) 610 (24.02)
Within 0.045 (0.00177)
325 (12.80)
+0.089 (0.00350)0
275 (10.83) 8-M26
28 710 385 (15.16) 650 (25.59) 350 (13.78)
300 (11.81) 8-M20
30 762 435 (17.13) 700 (27.56) 375 (14.76)
325 (12.80) 8-M20
32 813 485 (19.09) 750 (29.53)
Within 0.050 (0.00197)
400 (15.75)
350 (13.78) 8-M20
36 915 555 (21.85) 850 (33.46) 450 (17.72) +0.097 (0.00382)
0
400 (15.75) 8-M24
40 1000 630 (24.80) 940 (37.01) Within 0.060 (0.00236) 500 (19.69)
450 (17.72) 8-M24
5347-E P-82SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
IA Type
Unit: mm (in.)
Installing Chuck
• Accuracy of adaptor installation section has direct influence to the workpiece chucking accu-racy. Therefore, machine the adaptor very carefully. Required accuracy is within 0.005 mm(0.00020 in.) for run-out on circumference, face run-out, and flatness.
• Any damages such as score or foreign matter on fitting parts and installation surfaces will dete-riorate chuck installation accuracy. Install the chuck only after cleaning both the chuck and theadaptor.After the installation of the chuck, measure run-out of the chuck body circumference and face.Run-out must be within 0.020 mm (0.00079 in.).
Spindle Nose TypeMaximum Chucking Diameter Run-out of Chuck Body
Circumference and Front FaceID Chucking OD Chucking
A-5
IA5-200 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28)
Within 0.030 (0.00118)
IA5-250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66)
IA5-300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43)
A-6
IA6-205 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28)
IA6-250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66)
IA6-300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43)
IA6-350 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) Within 0.035 (0.00138)
IA6-400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17)
IA6-450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
IA6-500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72) Within 0.040 (0.00157)
A-8
IA8-250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66)Within 0.030 (0.00118)
IA8-300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43)
IA8-350 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20)
Within 0.035 (0.00138)IA8-400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17)
IA8-450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
IA8-500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
Within 0.040 (0.00157)IA8-550 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69)
IA8-610 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65)
A-11
IA11-400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17)Within 0.035 (0.00138)
IA11-450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
IA11-500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
Within 0.040 (0.00157)IA11-550 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69)
IA11-610 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65)
IA11-710 385 (15.16) 650 (25.59)Within 0.045 (0.00177)
IA11-750 435 (17.13) 700 (27.56)
IA11-800 485 (19.09) 750 (29.53)Within 0.050 (0.00197)
IA11-915 555 (21.85) 850 (33.46)
IA11-1000 630 (24.80) 940 (37.01) Within 0.060 (0.00236)
5347-E P-83SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
• Insert the chuck onto the spindle with the chuck drive pin hole aligned with the spindle pin.Tighten the chuck clamping bolts gradually and uniformly. After the installation, the chuck fits onthe spindle end face in the following manner as illustrated below.
LE11165R0400500580001
• To clamp a workpiece, use only the handle supplied with the chuck. If a workpiece is clampedforcibly by inserting a pipe into the handle hole, chucked part will be distorted causing shorterlife and deteriorated accuracy.If higher clamping force is required for your turning operation, use a larger chuck.
• Never tap a workpiece held in the chuck.
• Select the chuck size meeting the intended machining operation.
CAUTION1) If an excessively long workpiece is held by chucking on one side, the workpiece may
sway and damage the machine internal parts.2) To hold a long workpiece, avoid one-side chucking and use a tailstock or work rests to
securely support the workpiece free end.3) The allowable work length varies with the cutting conditions or workpiece rigidity. As a
criterion, if the length “L” in the figure below is longer than the value calculated by theformula below, use a tailstock.L = L1 + (L1 X 3.5)
LE11165R0400500580002
Clearance
Clearance Clearance
Chuck seatingsurface
Chuck seatingsurface Chuck seating
surface
L
L 1
5347-E P-84SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Lubrication and Cleaning
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Maximum Speed
WARNING
Chuck Specifications (1) - Flat back type chuck
To ensure high accuracy for a long period, clean the fitting portions between the chuckbody and the chuck jaws, and between the chuck jaw serration and a screw. For the clean-ing, remove the jaws. Supply oil once or twice a day.
Each chuck has its allowable maximum speed. If a chuck is rotated at a speed exceedingthis limit, it will institute hazards to both operators and the machine.Always tighten or clamp the workpiece at the torque specified in the table below and usethe chuck at a speed lower than the indicated maximum speed.
Type
Gripping Force Maximum Chucking Diameter Chuck
Handle Torque N-m (lbf-ft)
Gripping Force/Jaw
kN (lbf)ID Chucking
mm (in.)OD Chucking
mm (in.)Weight kg (lb)
Inertia (GD2)N-m2 (lbf-ft2)
Allowable Max. Speed
min-1
IC-4 34.0 (25.3) 4.9 (1,100) 40 (1.57) 90 (3.54) 2.4 (5.3) 0.1 (0.24) 2,000
IC-6 49.0 (36) 5.9 (1,320) 60 (2.36) 140 (5.51) 6.1 (13.4) 0.8 (1.90) 1,600
IC-8 83.0 (61.5) 9.8 (2,200) 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28) 14.8 (32.6) 2.9 (7.1) 1,600
IC-10 118 (87) 13.7 (3,080) 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66) 21 (46) 5.9 (14.2) 1,600
IC-12 147 (108) 15.7 (3,520) 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43) 29.5 (64.9) 13.7 (33.2) 1,400
IC-14 157 (116) 16.7 (3,740) 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) 40 (88) 28.4 (68.8) 1,400
IC-16 215 (159) 19.6 (4,400) 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 56.5 (124.3) 44.1 (106.8) 1,200
IC-18 215 (159) 19.6 (4,400) 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94) 70 (154) 68.6 (166.1) 1,200
IC-20 245 (181) 21.6 (4,840) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72) 90 (198) 116 (280.0) 900
IC-22 245 (181) 21.6 (4,840) 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69) 135 (297) 173 (417.7) 900
IC-24 275 (203) 22.5 (5,060) 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65) 150 (330) 248 (600.4) 900
IC-26 275 (203) 22.5 (5,060) 370 (14.57) 610 (24.02) 176 (387) 411 (997) 900
IC-28 294 (217) 23.0 (5,170) 385 (15.16) 650 (25.59) 247 (543) 569 (1,376) 900
IC-30 294 (217) 23.5 (5,280) 435 (17.13) 700 (27.56) 284 (625) 784 (1,898) 600
IC-32 294 (217) 23.5 (5,280) 485 (19.09) 750 (29.53) 357 (785) 1,039 (2,515) 600
IC-36 353 (260) 23.5 (5,280) 555 (21.85) 850 (33.46) 413 (909) 1,696 (4,105) 600
IC-40 510 (376) 29.4 (6,600) 630 (24.80) 940 (37.01) 600 (1,320) 2,971 (7,190) 600
5347-E P-85SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Chuck Specifications (2) - Type A short taper chuck
Spindle Nose Type
Gripping Force Maximum Chucking Diameter Chuck
Handle Torque N-m (lbf-ft)
Gripping Force/Jaw
kN (lbf)
ID Chuckingmm (in.)
OD Chuckingmm (in.)
Weight kg (lb)
Inertia (GD2)N-m2 (lbf-ft2)
Allowable Max. Speed
min-1
A2-5 IA 5-200 83 (61.5) 9.8 (2,200) 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28) 14.9 (32.8) 3.1 (7.59) 3,600
A2-6
IA 6-250 118 (87) 14.7 (3,300) 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66) 24.2 (53.4) 7.45 (17.80) 3,000
IA 6-300 147 (108) 15.7 (3,520) 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43) 39.1 (86.0) 15.7 (38.0) 2,000
IA 6-350 147 (108) 15.7 (3,520) 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) 50.9 (112.0) 29.4 (71.2) 2,000
IA 6-400 215 (159) 19.6 (4,400) 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 69.8 (153.6) 46.1 (111.5) 1,800
IA 6-450 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94) 97.2 (213.8) 69.6 (168.5) 1,200
IA 6-500 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
103.5 (227.7) 132 (320.4) 1,200
A2-8
IA 8-350 215 (159) 19.5 (4,400) 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) 56.2 (123.6) 30.4 (73.6) 2,000
IA 8-400 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 73.8 (162.4) 49.0 (118.7) 1,800
IA 8-450 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
102.5 (225.5) 71.6 (173.2) 1,200
IA 8-500 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
108.4 (238.5) 139 (337.0) 1,200
IA 8-550 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 290 (11.42)
500 (19.69) 123 (271) 158 (382.1) 1,200
IA 8-610 275 (203) 22.5 (5,060) 320 (12.60)
550 (21.65) 136 (299) 226 (541.1) 1,100
A2-11
IA 11-500 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72) 130 (286) 166 (401.0) 1,200
IA 11-550 245 (181) 22.5 (5,060) 290 (11.42)
500 (19.69) 145 (319) 185 (448.5) 1,100
IA 11-610 275 (203) 22.5 (5,060) 320 (12.60)
550 (21.65) 204 (449) 338 (818.7) 900
IA 11-710 392 (289) 29.4 (6,600) 385 (15.16)
650 (25.59) 257 (565) 588 (1,424) 800
IA 11-750 451 (333) 29.4 (6,600) 435 (17.13)
700 (27.56) 300 (660) 840 (2,033.7) 800
IA 11-810 539 (398) 29.4 (6,600) 450 (17.72)
750 (29.53) 380 (836) 1,300 (3,144.3) 600
IA 11-915 451 (333) 29.4 (6,600) 555 (21.85)
850 (33.46) 440 (968) 1,809 (4,378.3) 600
IA 11-1000 657 (485) 36.3 (8,140) 630 (24.80)
940 (37.01) 570 (1,254) 2,824 (6,839.1) 600
A2-15
IA 15-610 441 (325) 26.5 (5,940) 280 (11.02)
520 (20.47) 215 (473) 394 (954.0) 900
IA 15-710 451 (333) 27.5 (6,160) 385 (15.16)
650 (25.59) 280 (838) 798 (1,934.0) 800
IA 15-750 451 (333) 27.5 (6,160) 420 (16.54)
690 (27.17) 230 (506) 933 (2,259.1) 600
IA 15-810 539 (398) 29.4 (6,600) 460 (18.11)
750 (29.53) 392 (616) 1,339 (3,241.6) 600
IA 15-915 726 (535) 29.4 (6,600) 500 (19.69)
800 (31.50) 500 (1,100) 2,043 (4,947.8) 500
IA 15-1000 726 (535) 29.4 (6,600) 550 (21.65)
900 (35.43) 610 (1,342) 2,842 (6,882) 500
5347-E P-86SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROU-BLE-FREE OPERATION)
This section deals with the maintenance requirements which must be met by every user in order to insureexcellent, trouble free performance and prolonged life. It also outlines troubleshooting hints in case ofmachine failure.Generally, CNC lathes are used at three to four times higher utilization rates than general-purpose lathes. Toinsure maximum production time, periodically inspect and service your machine according to the inspectionitems described below.
In addition to the above periodical inspections, there are inspection and maintenance items which should becarried out whenever necessary. Since they are described later in this manual, carry them out without failure.
Intervals Inspection/Maintenance ItemsDaily (1) With the oil level gauges, check the oil levels of hydraulic unit, slideway
lubricating oil tank, headstock cooling unit, and oil mist lubrication unit (for 10,000 min-1 M-tool spindle model).
(2) Check the source pressure of hydraulic unit and chuck pressure.
(3) Apply grease to the hydraulic chuck master jaws.
(4) Check the air pressure on the air panel and the oil mist lubrication unit (for 10,000 min-1 M-tool spindle model).
(5) Inspect the tapered bore of the M-tool spindle in the turret and the con-dition of M-tools.
(6) Check the tool air blower for normal operation.
(7) Dispose wasted oil collected in the oil skimmer (Optional).Monthly (1) Check the bed for levelness (only in one month after installation of the
machine).
(2) Change the hydraulic unit oil (only in one month after installation of the machine).
(3) Change the spindle cooling unit oil (only in one month after installation of the machine).
(4) Clean the grippers of tool change arm and sub arm.
(5) Apply grease to the HSK tool clamping unit (for the machine intended for HSK tooling)
Every six months (1) Change the hydraulic unit oil.
(2) Change the spindle cooling unit oil.
(3) Clean the magazine rail, ready station, and tool change arm.
(4) Lubricate the chip conveyor.
* Clean the magazine rail, ready station, and tool change arm whenever necessary.However, avoid using compressed air to blow chips off, because chips enter inside of these units.
5347-E P-87SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
1. Lubrication[Supplement]
(1) Always Use the Specified Lubricating Oil.
• If the oil other than specified is used, the lubrication unit might fail to operate normally.
• Lubricating oil used in common with coolant or lubricating oil used in common with hydrau-lic oil might cause corrosion of lubrication unit or mixing of oils to result in lubrication failure,which, in turn, leads to damages on the slideway surfaces.
(2) For Coolant, Use the Specified Coolant.
• Coolant usually contains chemical additives such as activator. If improper coolant is used,lubricating oil will be affected by chemicals and therefore, use the specified coolant so faras possible.
• If coolant which is not our recommendation is to be used, check to be sure that it will notcause any following problems.Mixing with lubricating oil, possible parting, peel of paint, rusting, and swelling of packingsIf a problem is found during the use of the coolant, avoid the use of such coolant.
(3) To maintain the coolant oil performance and the filter performance (life) for a long time, youshould know the correct maintenance methods such as how to dilute the coolant with water andhow to replenish the coolant tanks.When using an emersion type coolant, for example:
• If you supply water after poring undiluted coolant into the tank, the coolant tends to gel andcauses the filter to clog in a short time.
• If the coolant is not sufficiently stirred after being supplied, it tends to gel and causes the fil-ter to clog in a short time.
• If the PH value is 8.5 or less, the coolant is apt to rot quickly. The rotten coolant deterio-rates its lubrication ability and emits odors.
(4) Amount of Lubricating Oil and Its Discharge Condition Must Be Checked Everyday.
• Whether or not lubricating oil is properly supplied can be checked by checking oil level inthe tank.
• Prior to shipment of the machine from our plant, the oil and the coolant tanks are flushedout and must therefore be refilled during the initial installation of the machine.
The machine should be completely and correctly lubricated in strict adherence to thedirections in the Lubrication Chart in the following page.
5347-E P-88SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Lubrication Chart
LE11165R0400600020001
*1Use NC11 diluted by 20 to 30 times with tap water or distilled water.
No. Oiling Points Amount Recommended oil (ISO) Oil change interval1 Chuck jaws As required Refer to the instruction
manual of the chuck.- Supply every day dur-
ing cleaning.2 Slideway centralized
lubrication tank4.2 L
(1.11 gal)Tonna Oil S68 (Shell) G68 Whenever necessary
3 Coolant tank (standard) 550 L*(145.31 gal)
Hi-chip NC 11 (Taiyu) - Whenever necessaryCoolant tank for drum fil-ter conveyor (optional)
730 L*(192.87 gal)
4 Cooling unit 23 L(6.08 gal)
Mobil Velocite Oil No. 3 (Mobil) FC2 1 month after installa-
tion and every 6 months after that5 Hydraulic unit 20 L
(5.28 gal)Mobil DTE Excel 32 (Mobil)
HM32
6 Chip conveyor As required Mobilux EP2 (Mobil)
XBCEA2 Replenish every 3 to 6 months
7 Mist lubrication unit 1 L(0.26 gal)
Mobil DTE Oil Light (Mobil)
CKB32 Whenever necessary (10,000 min-1 spindle only)
8 HSK tool clamp unit As required Great Metal Spray (METAFLUX)
- Once or twice a month (HSK tooling only)
5
27
6
3
1
4
8
(Optional)
(Optional)Operationpanel
5347-E P-89SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
1-1. Lubricating Oil Specification
ISO viscosity grade: 2 mm2/S (40°C) or equivalent
Note
Application Code Shell MobilHeadstock Gearbox CKB32 Shell Tellus Oil C32 Mobil DTE Oil LightSpindle BearingLubrication Unit FC10 Shell Tetra Oil 10 Mobil Velocite Oil No.6
Centralized Slideway Lubrication Unit (M-Turret, Ball Screw)
G68 Shell Tonna Oil S68 Mobil Vactra Oil No.2
G220 Shell Tonna Oil S220 Mobil Vactra Oil No.4
Hydraulic Unit HM32 Shell Tellus Oil S32 Mobil DTE Excel 32
M-tool Holders (Grease) Kyodo Yushi’sMultemp PS No.2 Mobilux EP2
Master Jaw on Chuck (Grease)
Molykoat EP grease (Dow Corning) or Kitagawa chuck grease for Kitagawa power chuck.For special chucks, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the chuck.
Headstock Cooling Unit FC2 Shell Tetra Oil 2 Mobil Velocite Oil No.3Turret, Ball Screw XBCEA2 Shell Alvania Grease S2 Mobilux EP2ATC Cam box CKC150 Shell Omala Oil 150 Mobilgear 600XP 150Oil-mist, oil-air lubrication of spindle bearings CKB32 Mobil Mobil DTE Oil Light
• The above table is based on the JIS B6016-1 (ISO 5169) standard.Since we do not have any experience in using the oils other than those indicated bellow,selection should thus be made from them. Because slideway lubricating oil containsadditives such as extreme-pressure additive, it could incur variety of troubles if reactingwith other oils or coolant. Therefore, pay special attention to the use of slideway lubri-cating oil. Headstock Gearbox = Mobil DTE Oil Light (Mobil) Spindle Bearing Lubrication Unit = Mobil Velocite Oil No.6 (Mobil) Centralized Slideway Unit G68 = Tonna Oil S68 (Shell) Centralized Slideway Unit G220 = Tonna Oil S220 (Shell) Hydraulic Unit = Mobil DTE Excel 32 (Mobil) M-tool holders = Kyodo Yushi’s Multemp PS No.2 Headstock Cooling Unit = Mobil Velocite Oil No.3 (Mobil) Turret, Ball Screw = Mobilux EP2 (Mobil) Oil-mist, oil-air lubrication of spindle bearings = Mobil DTE Oil Light (Mobil)
• As for service point or amount of lubricating oil of the machine, refer to the InstructionManual of respective machine models.
• Lubricating oil used in common with coolant or lubricating oil used in common withhydraulic oil might cause corrosion of lubrication unit or turbidness of oils to result inlubrication failure, which, in turn, leads to damages on the slideway surface or ballscrew. (We take no responsibility for the troubles caused by using the lubricating oilwhich is not our recommendation.)
• As for oil replenishment for the optional accessories such as special chucks or chipconveyor, refer to the Special Instruction Manual supplied with individual accessories.
• When slideway lubricating oil mixed with coolant and some trouble appears, contactyour local Okuma representatives. They have optional accessories such as oil skimmer.
5347-E P-90SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
1-2. Spindle Lubrication System
All the spindle bearings are lubricated by packed high quality grease, requiring no further greasing.
1-3. Lubrication System for Bed/Saddle/Cross-slide Slideways
LE11165R0400600050001
CAUTION
The centralized lubricating oil tank is accessible by opening the oil filter port cover. The lubricating oilis fed to the X- and Y- and Z-axis linear guides, X- and Y- and Z-axis ball screws, turret, magazinechain, and C-axis brake.
Oil Specification G68 (ISO)Amount 4.2 liter (1.11 gal) [Effective amount: 2.9 liter (0.77 gal)]Oil Change Interval Replenish as required. Low lubrication level alarm
detected by the level switch occurs in approx.70 hour operation. Check oil level every day and replenish lubricating oil before the alarm occurs.
Check oil level before starting day’s operation.With the power ON, the lubricating oil is discharged by the amount of three times. Thenumber of discharging times is set at the parameter. Consult us when changing this num-ber.
Lubrication tank
Oil filler port
Oil level gauge
5347-E P-91SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
1-4. Turret
The rotary (M-tool) spindle (for 10,000 min-1 spindle model) is lubricated by the oil mist lubricationunit mounted at the right of the machine (see oiling point No. 7 in the lubrication chart).For the method of lubricating the oil mist lubrication unit, refer to “3. Inspecting and Replenishing OilMist Lubrication Unit.”
1-5. Maintenance and Inspection of HSK Tool Clamping Unit (HSK Tool Specification)
Greasing Clamping UnitDue to the construction, the HSK tool clamping unit operates under friction. Therefore, if frictionforce that prevents normal operation of the clamping unit parts is generated, tool clamping error willtake place.Periodically apply grease to the clamping unit to secure stable operation for a long period of time.
Procedure :
1- Manually set the clamping unit in the unclamp state and remove a tool.
2- Set the clamping unit in the clamp state, as illustrated below, and supply grease through thefinger to finger gap with the nozzle entered 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.20 in.) into the gap. At eachgap, supply grease by one shot.
3- Grease specification:Use METAFLUX 70-81, supplied with the machine, or equivalent product.
4- Greasing interval: 1 - 2 times a month.
LE11165R0400600070001
ME
TAF
LUX
FingerFinger
METAFLUX GREAT METAL SPRAY 70-81 H1104-000-78
5347-E P-92SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Inspecting the Packing used in the Clamping Unit
The coolant supply port to the HSK tool incorporates a U-packing.When this U-packing wears, coolant may leak and deteriorate the spindle functions.To maintain stable spindle operation over a long period, inspect the U-packing at regular intervals. Ifwear is observed on the packing, replace it as soon as possible.Although the wear developing speed may vary with the machine operating conditions, It is recom-mended that you inspect the packing once or twice a month.
Procedure :
1- Unclamp the clamping unit by manual operation and remove the tool.
2- Remove the U-packing using a flathead screwdriver.
3- Attach a new packing by hand.
Note
LE11165R0400600080001
When ordering the U-packing, specify the following part data.
Do no reuse the removed packing. Coolant may leak before long through the worn ordamaged part.
Part No. : F119-0002-51Part name : Oil sealType : Fukuda Corporation C1-1028V3664 VITON for HSK-A63
U-packing
5347-E P-93SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
2. Adjusting Centralized Lubrication Unit
2-1. Adjusting Pump Delivery
The delivery amount to each lubrication point is controlled by the metering type distribution valve,and no further adjustment is necessary.Metering type distribution valves are provided on the main headstock, opposing headstock, turret,columns, W-axis base, ATC and magazine.The delivery condition of lubricating oil can be checked visually. (Use sufficient care when checkingthe delivery condition.)
2-2. Maintenance and Countermeasure
When no lubricating oil is delivered:
• Oil level is low.Replenish the lubricating oil of the same brand.
• The pump is at a rest: The pump operates intermittently.The pump operation interval is set at about 5 minutes.
• The suction filter is clogged.Clean the suction filter at least every six months. (See the figure below.)
• The motor does not rotate. Check wiring.
5347-E P-94SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
2-3. Other Remarks
• The lubricating oil to be replenished must be clean and it must be of the same brand as cur-rently used.
• When cleaning the tank and the filter, NEVER USE THINNER OR TRICHLEN(trichloroethylene) SHOWING HIGH VOLATILE CHARACTERISTICS.
• Specified oil: G68 (ISO)
LE11165R0400600110001
• Suction filter cleaning procedure:
a. Remove the pump fixing bolts (M5, 2 pc).
b. Take out the pump and clean the suction filter provided at the end of the suction pipe.
c. Reinstall the pump at the original location.
Suction filter
5347-E P-95SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
3. Inspecting and Replenishing Oil Mist Lubrication Unit (for the machine with M-tool spindle capable of rotating up to 10000 min-1)
3-1. Air Flow Rate
The required air flow of this oil mist lubrication unit is approximately 300 NL/min. [Primary air pres-sure: 0.5 - 0.6 MPa (72.6 - 87.06 psi)]Connect the lubrication unit to the air source that can cover this flow capacity.
Note
3-2. Checking Air Pressure
When starting the daily operation, check that the working pressure and the manifold pressure are atthe specified levels.Perform these checks after operating the oil mist lubrication unit (while the C-axis is connected orthe M-tool spindle is rotating).The specified pressure are as follows:
The above pressures are set before shipment, eliminating the need for adjustment. (If the lubricationunit does not reach the set pressure, check the air source for air supply amount.)
Air to be supplied must be dry, and keep the air temperature at a temperature 5°C higherthan the room temperature.
Working pressure 0.3 MPa (43.5 psi)Manifold pressure 0.2 MPa (29.0 psi)
5347-E P-96SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
LE11165R0400600130001
3-3. Replenishment
(1) Specified Oil: ISO CKB32The lubricating oils used for oil mist lubrication must have the characteristic that they can beeasily sprayed as mist. This characteristic varies with the product. The table below shows therecommended oils of which performance has been field-proven. Select a lubricating oil from thetable whenever possible.
CAUTION
Maker Product NameMobil Mobil DTE Oil Light
Some oils are remarkably unfit for oil mist lubrication. If you use an oil other than speci-fied above, please consult us.
Mist lubrication ON/OFF solenoid valve
Manifold pressure indicator Oil mist lubrication unit
AIR IN
FOG OUT
Hydraulic pressure adjusting knob
Hydraulic pressure indicator
5347-E P-97SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
(2) Oil Supply TimingCheck the unit’s oil level every day before starting operation, and supply oil before the oil leveldrops to the lower limit.
LE11165R0400600140001
CAUTIONDo not supply the oil exceeding the upper limit.
Manifold pressureadjusting screw
Pressure gauge indicatingmanifold pressure
Oil filler port
5347-E P-98SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4. Lubrication and Cleaning of Spindle Cooling UnitThe spindle cooling unit adjusts the temperatures of main spindle unit, rotary tool spindle unit, andopposing spindle unit to optimum values in synchronization with the bed temperature.
LE11165R0400600150001
4-1. Lubrication
Specified Oil (ISO) FC2Amount 23 L (6.08 gal)
Oil Change Interval In 1 month after initial installation, and every 6 months after that
Air filter element
Maintenance cover
Oil filler port
Oil level gauge
Drain port
Air exit
5347-E P-99SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-2. Cleaning the Air Filter
(1) Move the upper saddle (ZA-axis) rightward (in positive direction).
(2) Turn off the power and remove the maintenance cover from the machine left side.
(3) Pull up the air filer element at the back of exhaust fan while bending it toward you.After cleaning the element, insert it in its original place.
(4) Be sure to clean the air filter element at least twice a month.
(5) Clean the filter element by washing it in water or using an air gun.
CAUTION1) Failure to clean the air filter may remarkably deteriorate the cooling effect, and the ther-
mal relay of the cooling unit motor may trip depending on the case.2) If the thermal relay of the cooling unit trips, check the air filter for clogging, ambient
temperature (which must not exceed 45°C) and the other possibility that has causedexcessive load.
3) Do not change the set thermal value.
5347-E P-100SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
5. Removing Sludge from Coolant Unit
LE11165R0400600180001
5-1. Procedure for Cleaning Separate Coolant Tank
Procedure :
1- Drain the coolant tank (by operating the coolant pump).
2- Remove the horses and electric wires from the coolant unit.
3- After moving the tank to the right by 650 mm (25.29 in.), pull it out toward you.
4- Pull out the chip pan or the chip conveyor.
5- Clean inside of the tank.
6- Clean the filter and fine chip collection bucket.
7- After cleaning the tank, return it to its original place. Completely push the tank back in to align the tank and front cover. Also, align the tank leftwith the joint section of the front cover.(Note that defective setting of the tank may lead to coolant leakage.)
Filter
Fine chips collecting bucket(For chip conveyer model)
Thickener bag filter unit
Coolant pump
Coolant tank
5347-E P-101SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
5-2. Cleaning the Filter
The filter can be pulled up without pilling out the tank.Clean the clogs on two filters one by one and place them back in to minimize the risk that chip wouldflow into the clean layer where the pump is.Clogged filter may remarkably reduce the coolant discharge amount. Clean the filters whenevernecessary.If sludge is deposited in the bottom of the tank, clean the tank according to the above procedurewhen cleaning the filter.
5-3. Cleaning the Fine Chips Collection Bucket
The machine with the chip conveyor collects fine chips ejected from the coolant drain hole of thechip conveyor in the bucket.Remove the cover at the front right of the coolant tank.Pull out the chip recover bucket and clean the bucket.After cleaning, set the bucket in its place.The fine chip collection bucket restrains deposition of the sludge in the coolant tank and elongatesthe cleaning interval. Clean the fine chip collection bucket whenever necessary.
5-4. Thickener Bag Filter (Changing Procedure of Element)
LE11165R0400600220001
Procedure :
1- Remove the filter upper cover and check if each filter cell is filled with chips up to the root ofthe pipe.
2- If the cell is full, remove the piping from the coolant tank to drain naturally through the night.The sludge becomes the scum containing 70 to 85% of water after being left for about 8 to 24hours.
3- When the filter is drained in the next morning, pull out the filter from the pipe arm and changeit with a new one. Dispose of or burn the used filter with the bag opening closed.
4- After changing the filter element, connect the piping to the coolant tank.
Supply from coolant pump Pipe installation arm
Filter upper cover
Sediments
Coolant discharge valve used after clogging Filter element 20 µ
Part No. H0032-0014-18Thickener bag filter SR6020-1078
5347-E P-102SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
5-5. Cleaning the Drum Filter Conveyor (Optional)
(1) Clean the inside of the conveyor at least once a year. For details, refer to the Instruction Manualfor PD Filter Conveyor and the Chip Conveyor Maintenance and Inspection Guide.
(2) Line filter (changing the filter element)Element change timing: at least once in six months or when the clogged filter warning is given.
LE11165R0400600230001
Procedure :
1- Using a wrench, loosen the hexagon nut at the bottom of the bawl to remove the bawl down-ward. Then, clean the inside of the bawl.
2- Remove the element downward, and insert a new element.
3- Screw the bowl.
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
321
Element for water-soluble coolant (Polypropylene)
Element type: ME3310FPR13H 132 made by Nihon Pall
(Okuma part No. H0032-0014-68)
O-ring
Differential pressure switch for detecting clogged filter
Loosen the upper hexagon nut using a wrench to remove the bowl downward.
The lower hexagon nut is for drainage.
Bowl removing margin: 30 mm (1.18 in.)
Pull out the element downward and insert a new element.
Screw the blow.
Bowl tightening torque: 40 N-m (29.52 lbf-ft)
INLET
5347-E P-103SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
6. Adjusting the ATCAdjusting the magazine chain tensionWhen the magazine toolpot chain slacks and generates large vibration during magazine rotationafter a long time of use, move the chain guide to remove slackness from the chain.Loosen the lock nut and rotate the push bolt clockwise. Note that over-tightening may lower themagazine rotation speed.
40-tool Magazine
LE11165R0400600240001
Push bolt
Lock nut
5347-E P-104SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
80-tool Magazine
LE11165R0400600240002
76
75
74
737271706968
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
80
79
78
77
Z12
25
Push bolt
Lock nut
5347-E P-105SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
7. Other Maintenance Items
7-1. Alignment of Headstock
If taper is generated on the turned workpiece in the chuck work operation, proceed with the align-ment of the headstock as follows:
LE11165R0400600250001
Procedure :
1- Loosen the headstock clamping screws (M24, 10 pc).
2- Align the headstock by swinging it around the pin in the direction (c) or (d). For this purpose,use the adjust screw (a) or (b) to push or pull the headstock. During adjustment, apply a dialindicator to the tip of the test piece and check the readings.
3- When a required accuracy is obtained, tighten the ten clamping screws using care not tomove the dial indicator needle.
LE11165R0400600250002
For Your InformationThe Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) specifies that the lathe should turn cylindrically to within 0.015 per 225 mm (0.00059 per 8.86 in.) of finishing length of work held in a chuck to hold the work.
A
Pin
Pin
(b) Pushing screw
(b) Pushing screw
(a) Pulling screw
Headstock clamp bolt(M24)
A
(a) Pulling screw
(c)
(d)
Dial indicator
Test piece
5347-E P-106SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
7-2. Measures to Be Taken when Inspecting X-axis Ball Screw
WARNING
Turret drop preventive measure (example)
LE11165R0400600260001
Before removing the X-axis servomotor to perform maintenance inspection of the X-axisball screws, servomotor, or the other X-axis-related parts, support the turret with a woodblock or the like to prevent the turret from dropping.
Prevent the turret from dropping using a wood block and fixture.
Wood block
Fixture
Fixture
Fixture (Okuma part No. 582-6900-03-01)
5347-E P-107SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
8. Front Door Safety Window Glass Replacement
8-1. Replacement Interval
WARNING
8-2. Replacement Procedure
Outline
Detach the front door from the machine and change the safety window glass. The following sectionexplains how to detach the front door and change the safety window glass.
Detaching and changing
Procedure :
1- Move the operation panel (1) to the right and open the front door (2) (Fig 1)
2- Loosen and remove the two bolts (4) on the cover (3). (Fig 2)
3- Close the front door (2). (Entire machine view)
LE11165R0400600370001
Safety window glass performance gradually deteriorates due to coolant corrosion.Accordingly, scattering chips and workpiece may fly out breaking the window glass. Thesafety window glass must be replaced every two years.
Entire machine view
Arow view A
(3)
(4)
Operation panelOperation panelOperation panel
(1)
(2)
Fig 1
Fig 2
(Right and left front doors have two and four bolts (4) respectively.)
(3) Part model
5347-E P-108SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4- Loosen and remove the two bolts (6) on the bracket (5) with a mechanical lock key protectioncover. (Fig 3)
LE11165R0400600370002
5- Attach two hoisting bolts (M8) on the top of the upper cover (7), which weights approximately16 kg (35 lb). Slightly pull the wire rope so that the cover would not fall off. (Fig 4)
LE11165R0400600370003
6- Loosen the four bolts (8) and bolts (9) on the upper cover (7), hoist the cover, and remove thebolts. (Fig 5)
LE11165R0400600370004
(6)(5)
B
Enlarged drawing of area BFig 3
(7)Wire rope
Hoisting bolt
Fig 4
(8)
(9)
Fig 5
Bolts (8) are to link the upper covers and bolts (9) are to fix the upper covers to the machine.
5347-E P-109SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
7- Attach the two hoisting bolts (M8) on the top of the front door (2), which weights approxi-mately 95 kg (209 lb). Slightly pull the wire rope so that the cover would not fall off. (Fig 6)
LE11165R0400600370005
8- Loosen the four bolts (10) on the front door. Hoist the front door and remove the bolts. (Fig 7)Note that bearing (11) and other related parts should be left inside the rail (12). (Fig 8)
LE11165R0400600370006
CAUTION
LE11165R0400600370007
Do not hit the control panel with the front door when hoisting. (Fig 9)
(2)
Fig 6
(10)
C
(11) (12)
Enlarged drawing of area CEnlarged drawing of area CEnlarged drawing of area CFig 8Fig 7
Fig 9
5347-E P-110SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
9- Remove the cover (15) on the handle (14), loosen the two bolts (16), and remove the handle.(Fig 10)
10- Gently place the front door on the floor.
11- Loosen and remove the ten bolts (18) on the inside door cover (17), which weights approxi-mately 33 kg (73 lb). (Fig 10)
12- Remove the packing (19) and (21). (Fig 10)
13- Replace the safety window glass (20) with the new one. (Fig 10)
14- Replace the packing (19) and (21) with the new ones. (Fig 10)
LE11165R0400600370008
(18)(17)
(19)(20)
(21)
Hoisting bolt
Wire rope
(15)
(16)
(14)
Fig 10(Applicable to both MULTUS B300 and MULTUS B400.)
5347-E P-111SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
CAUTION
LE11165R0400600370009
15- Attach the door in the reverse order. (Do not attach the cover yet.)
16- Verify that the door open and close confirmation signals are output regularly without error.
17- Verify that the door lock and unlock confirmation signals are output regularly without error.
18- Verify no leakage is observed and attach the cover back on.
When replacing the safety window glass, make sure to apply bond only one side(glass side) on the packing (19) but apply sealing agent on the both side on thepacking (21). (Fig 11)
Safety window glass
Fig 11
(21) Apply sealing agent on the both side.
(19) Apply bond on the glass side only.
5347-E P-112SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
9. Troubleshooting(1) Trouble occurrence(2) Check the electrical signals on screen.(3) Reduce the downtime.The actual procedures are as follows.
9-1. Trouble with Headstock
No Spindle Rotation
Is the power chuck closed?For model with tailstock:
CENTER WORK/CHUCK WORK (user parameter) is set at:• CENTER WORK.....Tailstock sleeve must be at the advance end.
• CHUCK WORK.....Tailstock sleeve must be at the retract end.
No Chuck Jaw Movement
STEP CASE YES NO1 Is the hydraulic oil pressure under the
required level?Adjust the chuck pressure.(See “Adjustment of Oil Pressurefor Hydraulic Chuck” in “HydraulicPower Chuck”.)
STEP2
2 Does the rod connecting positionneed adjustment?
Adjust the draw screw setting. (See “Installation of HydraulicChuck” in “Hydraulic PowerChuck”.)
STEP3
3 Is there something wrong with masterjaw movements?
Remove chips and apply machineoil.
5347-E P-113SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
9-2. Trouble with Turret
No Turret Indexing
Weak Turret Clamping Pressure
STEP CASE YES NO1 Is the turret located in other than the
turret index position?Locate the turret to the turretindexing position manually.
STEP2
2 Have chips accumulated under theturret?
Remove chips. STEP3
3 Is the turret in clamped state? Check the I/O signals by display-ing the check data screen on theoperation panel.
STEP CASE YES NO1 Is the hydraulic oil pressure under the
required level?Adjust the system pressure. (See“Adjustment of Pressure” in“Hydraulic Power Unit”.)
5347-E P-114SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
9-3. Others
No Lubricating Oil Flow to X-/Z-/W-axis Slideways
No Coolant Supply
No Pressure Building-up of Hydraulic Power Unit
STEP CASE YES NO1 Lubricating oil is not consumed in one
to two days.Step2
2 Lubrication pump is faulty. Adjust the centralized lubricationunit. (See “Adjusting CentralizedLubrication Unit” in this section.)
Step3
3 Distrubution valve is not operating. Change the centralized lubrica-tion unit.
STEP CASE YES NO1 Coolant pump motor is not rotating. Check if the overload relay in the
control box (4) is tripped.Step2
2 Filter is clogged. Clean the strainer. (See “Remov-ing Sludge from Coolant Unit” inthis section.)
Step3
3 Coolant tank is not filled to the speci-fied level.
Replenish the coolant.
STEP CASE YES NO1 Hydraulic power unit pump motor is
not operating.Check if the overload relay istripped.
Step2
2 Filter is clogged. Clean the filter. (See “HydraulicPower Unit”.
Step3
3 Hydraulic oil tank is not filled to thespecified level.
Replenish the hydraulic oil.
5347-E P-115SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
1. Air Equipment
*1: The quantity may vary with the specifications.*2: Not provided depending on the specifications.*3: Optional (ABSOSCALE)*4: Optional (for M spindle rotating at 10,000min-1max)
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.1 Air filter CKD F4000-15-FX1-B 1 Air panel H0032-0015-13
2 S solenoid valve CKD ADK11-15A-02HS-DC24V 1 Air panel F0001-400-005-67
3 Drain separator CKD FX1011-15-FX1 1 Air panel H0032-0015-14
4 Oil mist filter CKD M4000-15-SX1 1 Air panel H0032-0015-15
5 Pressure switch CKDAPE-8T-3N
1 Air panelE3040-453-040
APE-8T-3N-FL258722 E3040-453-050
6 Regulator CKD R3000-10-T8-B 1 Air panel F0015-410-001-69
7 Pressure gauge CKDG41D-8-P10
1 Air panelT019-400-005-04-1
G41D-8-PS15 T019-400-007-64
8 Oil mist filter CKD M4000-10-FL2864651 Air panel
H0032-0012-261 (*3) Air panel (ABSOSCALE)
9 Regulator CKD R3000-10-LT8 1 Air panel F0015-510-000-50
10 Pressure gauge CKDG41D-8-P02
1 Air panelT019-400-007-51
G41D-8-PS03 T019-400-006-38
11 AX oil mist filter CKD M4000-10-FL327917 1 (*3) Air panel (ABSOSCALE) H0032-0013-86
12 Regulator CKD R3000-10-LT8X1 1 (*3) Air panel (ABSOSCALE) F0015-410-002-24
13 S solenoid valve CKD GFAB41-5-0-12HS-3 *1 Air panel (Chuck air blow, etc.) F0001-400-005-99
14 D solenoid valve CKD 4GB349-00-BH-3 *1 Air panel (Automatic door, etc.) F0000-455-001-13
15 Silencer CKD SLW-10A2 (*2) Air panel (Automatic door, etc.)
H0036-0000-422 ATC shutter open/close
16 Speed control valve CKD SC1-8*1 Air panel (Automatic door, etc.)
F0031-581-000-102 ATC shutter open/close
17 D solenoid valve CKD 4GB330-10-B-3 1 ATC shutter open/close F0000-452-001-29
18 Air cylinder CKD SCA2-LB-40B-520T 1 ATC shutter open/close H0002-0025-60
19 S solenoid valve CKD GFAB41-5-2-12HS-3 1 Thru-spindle air blowEnd face air blow F0001-400-004-02
20 S solenoid valve CKD FAD-10A-2HS-31
ATC MGReady station air blowTool detection switch air blowTool shank air blow
F0001-400-004-97
1 M spindle ATC air blow
21 Check valve Ihara KZU00-013E RC1/4 1 Thru-spindle air blow F0040-981-000-40
22 Speed control valve CKD SC3W-10-10-I 1
ATC MGReady station air blowTool detection switch air blowTool shank air blow
F0031-582-000-48
23 S solenoid valve CKD 4GB210-08-B-3 1 Z-axis LM guide protection cover F0000-451-001-11
24 Speed control valve CKD SC3W-6-8-I 2 Z-axis LM guide protection cover F0031-580-000-56
25 Air cylinder CKD CMK2-TB-32-75-B2 1 Z-axis LM guide protection cover H0002-0026-29
26 Silencer CKD SLW-8A 2 Z-axis LM guide protection cover H0036-0000-49
27 Micron valve unit TACOMC9-01L3-3H42
1 (*4) M-spindle oil mist lubricationH0120-0009-43
MC9-01L3-3Y82 H0120-0009-57
28 S solenoid valve CKD FAB41-10-5-12HSB-3 1 (*4) M-spindle oil mist drain vacuum F0001-400-004-12
29 Ejector PISCO VRL300-030204 R1/4.3/8.1/2 1 (*4) M-spindle oil mist drain vacuum H0090-0004-66
30 Silencer CKD SLW-10L 1 (*4) M-spindle oil mist drain vacuum H0036-0001-56
5347-E P-116SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
2. Hydraulic Equipment
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
1 Radiator Koyo Radiator W307-01-00 1
Hydraulic unit
H0110-0004-59
2 Suction filter Daiei YMD 60615 1 H0032-0005-74
3 Hydraulic pump NACHI UVN-1A-1A4-22-4-Q20-6063B 1 F0100-83-000-09
4 Reducing valve NACHI OG-G01-P1-20 1 F0011-840-000-02
5 Line filter Yamashin DT-04-30-10-RC1/2 1 H0032-0009-94
6 Level switch ASK LSN-105L-B-11 1 E3041-215-001
7 Pressure gauge YodogawaPAGT-R1/4×60×10M MPA
1
T019-400-008-41(Japanese spec)
PAGT-R1/4×60×10M MPA and PSI T019-400-008-42(Overseas spec)
8 Pressure switch Nagano CP20-223 1.4-7.0MPA 1 E3040-539-072
9 S solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-A3X-K-D2-5377A
*1 C-axis brake change
F0001-431-000-98*1 C-axis clamp change
1 B-axis brake
10 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-E3X-K-D2-5377A*1 Chuck open/close
F0000-431-000-451 M spindle lock
11 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-C6-K-D2-5377A1 Tool clamp
F0000-445-000-941 Turret clamp
12 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-C5-K-D2-5377A
1 Releasing the tool change arm interlock
F0000-442-001-381 Ready station front-back
1 Ready station slide
13 Reducing valve
NACHI
OG-G01-PC-K-21 *1 Adjusting the chuck gripping force F0011-630-000-11
14 Reducing valve OG-G01-PC-21 *1 Adjusting the C-axis brake pres-sure F0011-620-000-11
15 Check valve OCP-G01-A1-21 1 Turret clamp F0040-980-000-20
16 Pressure switch Act Denki CE615
1 M spindle clamp
E3040-068-0051 M spindle unclamp
1 Tool unclamp
1 B-axis unclamp
17 Pressure gauge NaganoGV55-673 6MPa
*1 Chuck pressure/C-axis brake pres-sure
T019-400-006-50(Japanese spec)
GV55-673 6MPa and PSI T019-400-006-51(Overseas spec)
18 Pressure switch NaganoCQ20-331-7MPA PF3/8
*2 Chuck pressure
E3040-539-068(Japanese spec)
CQ20-331-7MPA/PSI PF3/8 E3040-539-067(Overseas spec)
19 Hydraulic cylinder Taiyo Tekko 100Z-1 1FA25B290 1 Tool insertion/extraction at ready station H0000-0011-17
20 Caliper assembly Sumitomo Electric IS8K-WS
3 C-axis brake (Main SP)H1011-0001-95
3 (*4) C-axis brake (Opposing SP)
21 Oil controller Kanto Seiki MRSD-07A-N-CE 1 (*3) Main headstock cooling, M-spindle headstock cooling H0110-0011-06-1
22 Oil controller Kanto Seiki MRSD-15A-N-CE 1 (*4)Main headstock cooling, M-spindle headstock cooling, Opposing headstock cooling
H0110-0010-49-2
23 Dester plunger Showa DPB16 0.06X4 0.1X2 1 Saddle H0015-0010-64
24 Dester plunger Showa DPB18 0.06X4+0.1X4 1 Saddle H0015-0011-36
25 Dester plunger Showa DPB18 0.03X4+0.1X4 1 Turret H0019-0007-51
26 Dester plunger Showa DPB21 0.2X1 1 Column H0019-0005-39
27 Dester plunger Showa DPB12 0.03X21 C-axis brake (Main SP)
H0012-0005-461 (*4) C-axis brake (Opposing SP)
28 Dester plunger Showa DPB18 0.03X4+0.1X3 1 (*3) NC tailstock H0015-0010-94
29 Dester plunger Showa DPB16 0.03X4+0.1X2 1 (*4) Opposing headstock H0015-0010-70
5347-E P-117SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
*1: 1 pc for MULTUS B400, 2 pc for MULTUS B400-W*2: 2 pc for MULTUS B400 with CE spec, 1 pc without CE spec 4 pc for MULTUS B400-W with CE spec, 2 pc without CE spec*3: MULTUS B400 only*4: MULTUS B400-W only
3. Electric Parts (in Machine)
30 Dester plunger Showa DPB22 0.1X2 1 Tool magazine H0012-0006-67
31 Lubrication unit Showa LCB4 210B 1 Slideway Lubrication H0120-0004-79-4
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
1 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotorVAC-YMB22/15-3/38 1
Main headstock (STD)E1006-892-107
2 AC motor Okuma Built-in statorVAC-YMB22/15-3/35 1 E1006-892-108
3 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotorVAC-YMB30/22-3.2/38 1
Main headstock (High power spec)E1006-892-127
4 AC motor Okuma Built-in statorVAC-YMB30/22-3.2/38 1 E1006-892-128
5 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotorVAC-YMB30/22-3.2/38-A 1
Main headstock (Large diameter)E1006-892-130
6 AC motor Okuma Built-in statorVAC-YMB30/22-3.2/38 1 E1006-892-128
7 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotorVAC-MB22/15-5.1/45-B 1
Opposing headstockE1006-288-052
8 AC motor Okuma Built-in statorVAC-MB22/15-5.1/45-B 1 E1006-288-053-1
9 PREX motor Okuma Built-in rotorPXI-MB14/10-16/60-R1 1 M spindle 6000 min-1 582-0331-15
(E1055-288-006)
10 PREX motor Okuma Built-in statorPXI-MB14/10-16/60-R1 1 M spindle: 6000 min-1 E1055-288-007
11 PREX motor Okuma Built-in rotor4P36SL110D164 1 M spindle: 10000 min-1 582-0331-09
(E1055-288-001)
12 PREX motor Okuma Built-in stator4P36S L110D164 1 M spindle: 10000 min-1 E1055-288-003
13 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME300J-30SB 1 X-axis U4514-0005-002-00
14 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME150J-30S 1 Ys-axis U4408-0005-002-00
15 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME300J-20SB 1 Z-axis U4513-0005-002-00
16 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME150J-30SB 1 NC tailstock U4508-0005-002-00
17 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME150J-30S 1 W-axis U4408-0005-002-00
18 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME80J-40S 1 H1 turret with B-axis U4404-0005-002-00
19 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME40J-40SB 1 Tool magazine rotation axis U4503-0005-002-00
20 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME40J-40SB 1 ATC unit EC-axis U4503-0005-002-00
21 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME40J-40SB 1 ATC unit EZ-axis U4503-0005-002-00
22 Thermistor cable Shibaura Denshi NXFC-42H-01 10 E4925-653-007
23 Proximity switch OmronE2E-X3D1-M1G
2 Chuck open/close confirmationE3020-397-265
E2E-X3D2-M1G(CE spec only) E3020-397-266
24 Proximity switch Yamatake FL7M-2J6HD-CN05 1 Tool clamp confirmation E3020-891-081
25 Proximity switch Omron E2E-X3D1-M1G 1 Turret clamp confirmation E3020-397-265
26 Proximity switch Omron E2E-X3D1-M1G 1 Turret unclamp confirmation E3020-397-265
27 Proximity switch Omron E2E-X3D1-M1G 3 ATC shutter open/close confirmation E3020-397-265
28 Limit switch Omron D4E-1D10N-M 2 RS front-back confirmation E3019-397-331
29 Limit switch Omron D4E-1E10N-M 2 RS tool IN/OUT confirmation E3019-397-402
30 Limit switch Omron D4E-1D10N-M 2 EA M spindle position interlock confirmation E3019-397-331
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
5347-E P-118SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
4. Consumables
31 Photoelectric switch Omron E3S-CL1 1 Tool magazineTool presence confirmation E3031-397-008-1
32 Door lock switch Izumi Denki HS1E-140KMSR-TK2294 2 Front door E3049-031-009
33 Door lock switch Izumi Denki HS1E-37Y0MSR-TK2292 1 Tool magazine door E3049-031-010
34 Fluorescent lamp Matsushita FLU18W 1 Work lamp on main spindle side E3532-801-016
35 Fluorescent lamp Matsushita FLU18W 1 Work lamp on opposing spindle side E3532-801-016
36 Foot switch Osaka Jido Denki OFL-1-SM2C 1 Chuck open/close E2860-119-001
37 Foot switch Osaka Jido Denki 0FL-TY1-SM2 C Tailstock advance-retract E2860-119-006
38 Limit switch Yamatake LJM-D2502 4 X Ys Z W-axis (Emergency LS) E3019-891-170
39 Limit switch Omron D4B-2571N(CE spec only) 2 EZ-axis (Emergency LS) E3019-397-231
40 Proximity switch Omron E2E-X3D1-M1G 2 Z-axis linear guide protective cover E3020-397-265
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.1 V ring Ecman V-250L 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0013-21
2 V ring Ecman V-275L 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0015-29
3 Rod seal NOK SPNR35X41.4X3.7 3 Turret B-axis H0031-0018-40
4 Rod seal NOK SPNR50X60X4 6 Turret B-axis H0031-0022-42
5 Piston seal NOK SPGR110X120X4 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0024-15
6 Piston seal NOK SPGR125X135X4 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0024-16
7 Piston seal NOK SPGR150X160X4 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0024-11
8 Rod seal NOK SPNR185X195X4 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0021-19
9 Rod seal NOK SPNR240X250X4 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0021-35
10 Rod seal NOK SPNR300X310X4 1 Turret B-axis H0031-0024-43
11 Packing Sakagami SKY901006 1 M spindle H0031-0019-53
12 Piston seal 80 1 M spindle C6113-000800
13 Oil seal NTN G22X28X4 2 ATC F1113-022-02804
14 Oil seal NTN G12X18X3 5 ATC F1113-012-01803
15 Dust seal NOK USH-16 1 Ready station H0031-0024-60
16 Piston seal NOK LBH-16 1 Ready station H0031-0024-59
17 Oil seal NTN GD20X26X4 1 Tool magazine F1115-020-02604
18 Oil seal NOK SC10012513 1 Tool magazine F1101-100-12513
19 Plate Nitrile rubber 156X326X3 2 Work lamp H1020-1188-45-1
20 Plate Polica Ace 156X326X3 2 Work lamp H1022-1100-03-1
21 Plate Nitrile rubber 481X661X2 2 Front door window H1020-1199-97
22 Sheet Nitrile rubber 26X428X9.0 4 Front door window M1311-02642890
23 Sheet Nitrile rubber 26X660X9.0 4 Front door window M1311-02666090
24 Wiper BANDO 1 X-axis guide H1023-0042-81
25 Wiper BANDO 1 X-axis telescoping cover H1023-0042-76
26 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Upper left H1023-0042-90
27 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Upper/Middle left H1023-0042-91
28 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Lower/Middle left H1023-0042-92
29 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Lower left H1023-0042-93
30 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Upper right H1023-0042-95
31 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Middle right H1023-0042-96
32 Wiper BANDO MLP-32 1 XY-axis cover Lower right H1023-0042-97
33 Wiper BANDO 1 XY-axis cover Ceiling H1023-1067-80
34 Plate Nitrile rubber 55X599X2 1 XY-axis cover Ceiling H1020-1253-43
35 Sheet SUS301CSP-EH 1 XY-axis cover left H1082-1022-19-1
36 Scraper SUS301CSP-EH 1 XY-axis cover right H1082-1022-20-1
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
5347-E P-119SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
37 Wiper BANDO 1 Y-axis guide H1023-0042-82
38 Plate Nitrile rubber 45.5X46X3 1 Y-axis cover Lower part H1020-1253-73
39 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 Saddle cover Upper left H1023-0043-05-1
40 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 Saddle cover Middle left H1023-0043-06-1
41 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 Saddle cover Lower left H1023-0043-07
42 Plate Nitrile rubber 16X40X2 1 Saddle cover Lower left H1020-1247-79-1
43 Packing Tsunekawa Natural color felt 2700 1 Saddle cover Left H1032-1008-59
44 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 W-axis cover Upper left H1023-0043-04-1
45 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 W-axis cover Lower left H1023-0043-03-1
46 Packing Tsunekawa Natural color felt 2700 1 W-axis cover Left H1032-1008-56-1
47 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 Saddle cover Upper right H1023-0043-08-1
48 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 Saddle cover Middle right H1023-0043-09-1
49 Wiper BANDO SU21 1 Saddle cover Lower right H1023-0043-10
50 Packing Tsunekawa Natural color felt 2700 1 Saddle cover right H1032-1008-60
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
5347-E P-120SECTION 6 NOISE LEVEL
SECTION 6 NOISE LEVEL
1. Measuring Position (Top View)
LE11165R0400900010001
2. NoiseThe equivalent continuos A-weighted sound pressure are shown in the following table:
3. Measuring Conditions(1) Place : A, B, C, D 4 places
(2) Position : 1 m away from the machine1.2 m high from the floor level
(3) Machine operating conditions
• The spindle is rotated (max. speed).
• The spindle has no chuck.
• The X- and Z-axis are fed at rapid traverse.
• The front shield is closed.
Measuring Position A B C DSound Pressure db
(A)75 74 72 75
D
B C
A
5347-E P-121SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
1. Tooling System
1-1. HSK-A63 Tooling
LE11165R0400800010001
Plu
g to
ol
Bes
ides
the
abov
e ro
tary
tool
, a c
omm
erci
al to
ol is
usa
ble
as a
rota
ry to
ol if
its
sh
ank
and
grip
con
form
to D
IN 6
9893
-1 H
SK
-A63
.
OD
tool
(fo
r mai
n an
d su
b)25
25
(0.9
8 0
.98)
OD
tool
hold
er C
-H1
for
end
face
turn
ing
OD
tool
hold
er A
-H1
for
OD
turn
ing
Bor
ing
bar
Bor
ing
bar s
leev
e
Dril
l sle
eve
Dril
l
40
Bor
ing
bar
shan
k di
a.
10 12 16 20 25 32
MT
No.
1 H
40
MT
No.
2 H
40
MT
No.
3 H
40
MT
No.
4 H
40
MT
No.
1M
T N
o.2
MT
No.
3M
T N
o.4
10
H 4
012
H
40
16
H 4
020
H
40
25
H 4
032
H
40
ID to
olho
lder
bas
e H
1 fo
r ID
turn
ing
Face
mill
arb
orA
63D
N-F
MA
25.4
-90S
07
Ecc
entri
c si
de lo
ck h
olde
rA
63D
N-S
LC32
-105
Col
let h
olde
rA
63D
N-C
TH10
-150
S05
Col
let h
olde
rA
63D
N-C
TH20
-90S
06
Col
let (
C20
-D-P
) m
ade
by M
ST
Col
let (
C10
-D-P
) m
ade
by M
ST
For
turn
ing
For
mac
hini
ng w
ith r
otar
y to
ol (
mill
)
CA
UT
ION
OD
tool
hold
er E
-H1
for
OD
and
end
face
turn
ing
For t
he tu
rnin
g to
ol, s
ome
dim
ensi
ons
are
spec
ially
con
trolle
d to
impr
ove
tool
m
ount
ing
accu
racy
. Th
eref
ore
plea
se c
onsu
lt us
whe
n us
ing
a to
ol o
ther
than
OK
UM
A s
tand
ard
tool
.
OD
tool
hold
er 8
0˚ d
iam
ond-
shap
ed fo
r O
D tu
rnin
g
OD
tool
hold
er 5
5˚ d
iam
ond-
shap
ed fo
r O
D tu
rnin
g
The
OD
tool
hold
ers
type
A, t
ype
C a
nd ty
pe E
are
cla
ssifi
ed a
s th
e la
rge
diam
eter
to
ols,
and
thei
r adj
acen
t too
lpot
s m
ust b
e ke
pt e
mpt
y w
hen
stor
ed in
the
tool
m
agaz
ine.
(For
the
clas
sific
atio
n of
the
tool
s, re
fer t
o "4
. Cla
ssifi
catio
n of
Too
ls."
CA
UT
ION
5347-E P-122SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
1-2. CAPTO-C6 Tooling
LE11165R0400800020001
CAUT
ION
Bes
ides
the
abov
e to
ols,
a c
omm
erci
al to
ol is
usa
ble
if its
sha
nk a
nd g
rip c
onfo
rm to
CA
PTO
-C6
stan
dard
spe
cifie
d by
San
dvic
.In
this
cas
e, h
owev
er, c
heck
that
the
tool
's m
ax to
ol m
ass
mom
ent i
s w
ithin
the
valu
e sp
ecifi
ed fo
r th
e m
achi
ne (
refe
r to
Sec
tion
3 "P
repa
ratio
n of
Too
ls")
.Fo
r th
e st
orag
e of
the
tool
s in
the
tool
mag
azin
e, r
efer
to th
e re
leva
nt d
raw
ings
prov
ided
late
r.
For
turn
ing
φ40
OD
tool
hold
er E
-H1
for O
D a
nd e
nd fa
ce tu
rnin
g
OD
tool
hold
er A
-H1
for O
D tu
rnin
g
OD
tool
hold
er C
-H1
for e
nd fa
ce tu
rnin
g
ID to
olho
lder
bas
e H
1 fo
r ID
OD
tool
(for m
ain
and
sub)
Bor
ing
bar
Bor
ing
bar s
leev
e
Dril
l sle
eve
Dril
l
40
Bor
ing
bar
shan
k di
a.
10 12 16 20 25 32
MT
No.
1 H
40
MT
No.
2 H
40
MT
No.
3 H
40
MT
No.
4 H
40
MT
No.
1M
T N
o.2
MT
No.
3M
T N
o.425
25
(0.9
8 0
.98)
10
H 4
012
H
40
16
H 4
020
H
40
25
H 4
032
H
40
The
OD
tool
hold
ers
type
A, t
ype
C a
nd ty
pe E
are
cla
ssifi
ed a
s th
e su
per l
arge
dia
met
er to
ols,
and
thei
r adj
acen
t too
lpot
s m
ust b
e ke
pt e
mpt
y w
hen
stor
ed in
the
tool
mag
azin
e.(F
or th
e cl
assi
ficat
ion
of th
e to
ols,
refe
r to
"4. C
lass
ifica
tion
of T
ools
."
Alps
col
let
(AR
11 to
AR
40)
Col
let c
huck
ada
ptor
AC6-
ECH
7F -
ECH
26F
Milli
ng c
huck
ada
ptor
AC6-
ARH
20 -
ARH
42
CAUT
ION
For
mac
hini
ng w
ith r
otar
y to
ol (
mill
)
5347-E P-123SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
2. Toolholder Dimensions
2-1. HSK Tooling
OD toolholder type AOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-26-2
LE11165R0400800030001
CAUTIONThis toolholder is classified as the large diameter tool and its adjacent toolpots must bekept empty when stored in the tool magazine. (For the classification of the tools, refer to“3. Classification of Tools.”
MH
MH
MH
D
CODE
Coo
lant
duc
tC
D63
-01
Plu
g
Φ3A
type
cen
ter
M10
×8L
Pre
pare
d ho
le 8
.6
Uni
t : m
m (
in.)
Φ100 (
3.94)
Φ63 (2.48)
6 (0
.24)
32 (1
.26)
130
(5.1
2)
26 (1
.02)
98 (3
.86)
68 (2
.68)
4 (0
.16)
10
(0.3
9)51
(2.0
1)24 (0
.94)
24 (0.94)40 (1.57)
+0.1
(0.0
04)
+0.0
5 (0
.002
0)25
(0.9
8)+0
.1 (0
.004
)+0
.05
(0.0
020)
25 (0
.98)
11.5
(0
.453
)21.5
(0.8
46)2
1.5
(0.8
46)
11.5
(0.4
53)
32 (1.26)
64 (2.52)
32 (1.26)
7 (0.28)25 (0.98)+0.1 (0.004) 0
5347-E P-124SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type COkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-27-1
LE11165R0400800030002
CAUTIONThis toolholder is classified as the large diameter tool and its adjacent toolpots must bekept empty when stored in the tool magazine. (For the classification of the tools, refer to“3. Classification of Tools.”
Unit: mm (in.)
18 (0.71)
72 (
2.83
)30 (
1.18
)42
(1.
65)
28 (
1.10
)28
(1.
10)
16
(0.6
3)
5 (0.20)
40 (1.57)40 (1.57)5 (0.20)
25 +0.1 0
+0.1 0
90 (3.54)
25
Coolant ductCD63-01
φ63
(2.4
8)
10
(0.39)
6 (0.24)
32 (1.26)
118 (4.65)
86 (3.39)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08) 58 (2.28)
(0.98 )+0.004 0 (0.98 )
+0.004 0
5347-E P-125SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type EOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-28-1
LE11165R0400800030003
CAUTIONThis toolholder is classified as the large diameter tool and its adjacent toolpots must bekept empty when stored in the tool magazine. (For the classification of the tools, refer to“3. Classification of Tools.”
Unit: mm (in.)
Section A-ACoolant ductCD63-01
16 (0.63)
18 (0.71)
54.8 (2.157)
20
(0.7
9)25 +0.1 0
25+0
.1
0
40 (1.57)
5 (0.20)
45 (1.77)
15 (
0.59
)
50.2 (1.976)25.9 (1.020)
70 (
2.76
)35
(1.
38)
105
(4.1
3)
φ63
(2.4
8)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08) 76.1 (2.996)
32 (1.26) 104.1 (4.098)
136.1 (5.358)
30°
A
A
(0.98 )
+0.004 0
(0.98
)+0
.004
0
5347-E P-126SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 80° diamond-shapedOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-31
LE11165R0400800030004
Unit: mm (in.)
10(0.39)
6(0.24)
2 (0.08)
31 (1.22)
32 (
1.26
)
6°
6°
65±0.2 (2.56±0.008)
5°±1
°45
±0.1
(1.
77±0
.004
)
R0.8(Standard cutter radius)
5347-E P-127SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 55° diamond-shapedOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-32
LE11165R0400800030005
10(0.39)
6(0.24)
2 (0.08)
31 (1.22)
32 (
1.26
)
70±0.2 (2.76±0.008)
45±0
.1 (
1.77
±0.0
04)
R0.8(Standard cutter radius)6°
6°
3°3°±1
°
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-128SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder baseOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-29-2
LE11165R0400800030006
Eccentric side lock holder A63DN-SLC32-105Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-42
LE11165R0400800030007
Unit: mm (in.)
Coolant ductCD63-01
18 (0.71)
16 (0.63)
34.5 (1.358)
34.5 (1.358)
φ90
(3.5
4)
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ40
+0.
025
0
40 (1.57) 11.5 (0.453)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08) 72 (2.83)
32 (1.26) 100 (3.94)
132 (5.20)
(1.5
7
)
+0.0
0098
0
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Coolant ductCD63-01
2-M12P1.75
* ε: eccentricity
εφ63
(2.4
8)
φ32H
6
(1.2
6)
φ62
(2.4
4)
20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)
55 (2.17)
65 (2.56)
62 (2.44)17 (0.67)
26 (1.02)
32 (1.26) 105 (4.13)
137 (5.39)
φ52
(2.0
5)
5347-E P-129SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Collet holder A63DN-CTH10-150S05Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-43
LE11165R0400800030008
Collet holder A63DN-CTH20-90S06Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-44
LE11165R0400800030009
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Spring colletC10-D-P
(optional)
Coolant screwCSA-M14
Coolant ductCD63-01
NutNUA-CTH10
φ36
(1.4
2)
φ63
(2.4
8)
22 (0.87) to 53 (2.09)
124 (4.88)26 (1.02)
32 (1.26) 150 (5.91)
182 (7.17)
φD
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Spring colletC20-D-P
(optional)
Coolant ductCD63-04
Coolant ductCD63-03
NutNUA-CTH20
65 (2.56)
44 (1.73)
φ50
(1.9
7)
φ63
(2.4
8)
122 (4.80)
32 (1.26) 90 (3.54)
26 (1.02) 64 (2.52)
5347-E P-130SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Face mill arbor A63DN-FMA25.4-90S07Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-45
LE11165R0400800030010
Plug tool A63DN-DM53-42S04Okuma Part No.: T129-500-001-30
LE11165R0400800030011
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Clamp bolt
M12
MBC-M12
Coolant ductCD63-01
φ33
(1.3
0)
32 (1.26)
22 (0.87)
10
(0.39)
φ25.
4h6
(1
)
φ50
(1.9
7)
φ63
(2.4
8)
5 (0.20)
64 (2.52)26 (1.02)
32 (1.26) 90 (3.54) 22 (0.87)
144 (5.67)
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
74 (2.91)
42 (1.65)32 (1.26)
16 (0.63)
26 (1.02)
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ53
(2.0
9)
φ15
(0.5
9)
1 (0.04)
5347-E P-131SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill sleeve
LE11165R0400800030012
φAφ4
8 (1
.89)
38.5(1.516)
EF
D
B 60 (2.36)
C
MT
φ40
-0.0
05-0
.011
MT No.1-H40
MT No.2-H40
MT No.3-H40
MT No.4-H40
12.065 (0.475)
17.780 (0.7)
23.825 (0.93799)
31.267 (1.23098)
φA B C D E F
15 (0.59) 75 (2.95) 52 (2.05) 19 (0.75) 5.4 (0.213)
25 (0.98) 85 (3.35) 63 (2.48) 19 (0.75) 6.6 (0.260)
45 (1.77) 105 (4.13) 78 (3.07) 24 (0.94) 8.2 (0.323)
72 (2.83) 132 (5.20) 98 (3.86) 29 (1.14) 12.2 (0.480)
(1.5
7
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-132SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Boring bar sleeve
LE11165R0400800030013
38.5
(1.
516)
6(0.24)37 (1.46)
φ48
(1.8
9)φ A
H7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ40g
6 -0.
005
-0.0
11φ4
0g6 -
0.00
5-0
.011
φ10-H40
φ12-H40
10 (0.39)
φA H7 B
M8 x 2
M8 x 212 (0.47)
5(0.24)
11.5(0.45) 40
(1.57)φ4
8 (1
.89)
2-φ13(2-0.51)
φA H
7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ16-H40
φ20-H40
φ25-H40
φ32-H40
16 (0.63)
φA H7 B
M8
M820 (0.79)
M825 (0.98)
M832 (1.26)
(1.5
7
) -0
.000
35-0
.000
98(1
.57
)
-0.0
0035
-0.0
0098
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-133SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
2-2. CAPTO-C6 Tooling
OD toolholder type A
LE11165R0400800040001
CAUTION
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-41-1Type : AC6-ABSB101-69290
This toolholder is classified as the large diameter tool and its adjacent toolpots must bekept empty when stored in the tool magazine. (For the classification of the tools, refer to“3. Classification of Tools.”
MH
MH
C1C1
C1
2M5D
epth
18
Uni
t : m
m (
in.)
32 (1
.26)
30 (1
.18)
62 (2
.44)
Φ100 (3.94)
19 (0.75) 6(0.24)
0.5
(0.0
20)
Φ4 (0.16)
Φ63 (2.48)
38 (1
.50)
22 (0
.87)
136
(5.3
5)
98 (3
.86)76
(2.9
9)51 (2
.01)26
(1.0
2)
24 (0.94)40 (1.57)
3 (0.12)
25 (0
.98)
+0.1
(0.0
04)
+0.0
5 (0
.002
0)25
(0.9
8)+0
.1 (0
.004
)+0
.05
(0.0
020)
21.5
(0.8
46)2
1.5 (
0.84
6)11
.5
(0.4
53)
11.5
(0
.453
)
64 (2.52)
32 (1.26)32 (1.26)
7 (0.28)25 (0.98)+0.1 (0.004) 0
5347-E P-134SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C
LE11165R0400800040002
CAUTION
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-42Type : AC6-ABSB101-69300
This toolholder is classified as the large diameter tool and its adjacent toolpots must bekept empty when stored in the tool magazine. (For the classification of the tools, refer to“3. Classification of Tools.”
0.5
(0.0
20)φ4 (0.16)
φ63 (2.48)
56 (
2.20
)
78 (
3.07
)
116
(4.5
7)22 (
0.87
)[3
8 (1
.50)
]
15°
5 (0
.20)
5 (0
.20)
6(0
.24)
40 (
1.57
)40
(1.
57)
38.8
(1.
528)
10(0.39)
42 (1.65)30 (1.18)
36 (1.42)
16 (0.63)
72 (2.83)
28(1.10)
36 (1.42)
10(0
.39)
35 (
1.38
)35
(1.
38)
45 (
1.77
)45
(1.
77)
90 (
3.54
)22 (0.87)
46 (1.81)22
(0.87)
17.1(0.673)
19.6(0.772)
2.5 (0.098) 2.5 (0.098)
36 (
1.42
)
50.8 (2.000)
Cen
ter
of w
idth
50.
8 (
2.00
0)
11.5
(0.45
3)
45°
11.5 (0.
453)
45°
30°
30°
C0.5
C0.5
2-M
5 de
pth
10 (
0.39
)
Har
dnes
s: H
RC
54 ±
3(in
clud
ing
V g
roov
e)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
6(0
.24)
10(0
.39)
28(1.10)
25 +0.1 0
(0.98 )+0.0040
25 +0.1 0
(0.98 )+0.0040
17.1(0.673)
19.6(0.772)
25.4
+0.
1
0
(1
.000
)
+0.
004
0
5347-E P-135SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E
LE11165R0400800040003
CAUTION
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-43Type : AC6-ABSB101-69310
This toolholder is classified as the large diameter tool and its adjacent toolpots must bekept empty when stored in the tool magazine. (For the classification of the tools, refer to“3. Classification of Tools.”
0.5
(0.0
20)
φ4 (0.16)
φ63 (2.48)
22(0
.87)
35.9
(1.4
13)
37.1
(1.4
61)
57.9
(2.
280)
95 (
3.74
)
[38
(1.5
0)]
15°
51.7
(2.
035)
43.3
(1.7
05)
10 (0.39
)
44 (1
.73)
60 (2
.36)
8(0
.31)45°
25.4
(1.0
00)
2-M
5
50.8
(2.0
00)
19.6
(0.77
2)
19.6
(0.77
2)
15°
15°
17
(0.6
7)
56 (2
.20)
11.5 (0.45
3)
19.6 (0
.772
)
80 (3
.15)
38.8
(1.5
28)
6 (0.24
)5 (0
.20)
30°
30°
30 (1
.18)
35 (1.38) 59.8 (2.354)
50 (1.97)
R65 (2.56)
11.5 (0.453)
Har
dnes
s: H
RC
54 ±
3(in
clud
ing
V g
roov
e)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
25.4
+0.1
0
(1.0
00
)
+0.0
04 0
25 +0.
1
0
(0.9
8
)
+0.0
04
0
25 +0.1
0
(0.98
)+0.
004
0
17
(0.6
7)8
(0.3
1)
6 (0.24
)
5 (0
.20)
5347-E P-136SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base
LE11165R0400800040004
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-40Type : AC6-ABSB101-69280
0.5
(0.0
20)
φ4 (0.16)
φ63 (2.48)
φ40H7 +0.025 0
φ40.1 (1.579)
φ90 (3.54)
C1
C0.5
C0.5
40 (
1.57
)
12(0
.47)
12(0
.47)
11.5
(0.
453)
22(0
.87)
68 (
2.68
)
61 (
2.40
)
90 (
3.54
)
34.5
(1.3
58)
34.5
(1.3
58)
32 (1
.26)
11.5
(0.4
53)
11.5
(0.4
53)
B
B
32 (1
.26)
A
A
45°
45°
2-φ5.
7
2-φ 1
5 co
unte
rbor
e
3
(0.12)
40°
46.5
6 (1
.833
1)
C1 C
1
Sec
tion
A-A
15°
φ19
(0.7
5)
45°
φ12.
5 (0
.492
) co
unte
rbor
e
60°
7(0.28)
30 (1.18)
59 (2.32)
11.5
(0.4
53)
φ5.7
(0.
224)
φ10
(0.3
9)
1.5(0.059) 14 (0.55)
18 (0.71)
M6
12.5
(0.
492)
cou
nter
sink
Sec
tion
B-B
(S
=2/
1)(2
pla
ces)
Har
dnes
s: H
RC
54 ±
3(in
clud
ing
V g
roov
e)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
φ 15
+0.0
18
0 (φ
0.59
)+0
.000
710
5347-E P-137SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill sleeve
LE11165R0400800040005
φAφ4
8 (1
.89)
38.5(1.516)
EF
D
B 60 (2.36)
C
MT
φ40
-0.0
05-0
.011
MT No.1-H40
MT No.2-H40
MT No.3-H40
MT No.4-H40
12.065 (0.475)
17.780 (0.7)
23.825 (0.93799)
31.267 (1.23098)
φA B C D E F
15 (0.59) 75 (2.95) 52 (2.05) 19 (0.75) 5.4 (0.213)
25 (0.98) 85 (3.35) 63 (2.48) 19 (0.75) 6.6 (0.260)
45 (1.77) 105 (4.13) 78 (3.07) 24 (0.94) 8.2 (0.323)
72 (2.83) 132 (5.20) 98 (3.86) 29 (1.14) 12.2 (0.480)
(1.5
7
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-138SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Boring bar sleeve
LE11165R0400800040006
38.5
(1.
516)
6(0.24)37 (1.46)
φ48
(1.8
9)φ A
H7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ40g
6 -0.
005
-0.0
11φ4
0g6 -
0.00
5-0
.011
φ10-H40
φ12-H40
10 (0.39)
φA H7 B
M8 x 2
M8 x 212 (0.47)
5(0.24)
11.5(0.45) 40
(1.57)φ4
8 (1
.89)
2-φ13(2-0.51)
φA H
7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ16-H40
φ20-H40
φ25-H40
φ32-H40
16 (0.63)
φA H7 B
M8
M820 (0.79)
M825 (0.98)
M832 (1.26)
(1.5
7
) -0
.000
35-0
.000
98(1
.57
)
-0.0
0035
-0.0
0098
Unit: mm (in.)
5347-E P-139SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
3. Classification of ToolsThe tools used are classified into the following four types by their shapes and dimensions:
When a standard tool is stored at the magazine No. n, other tools can be stored in both right and leftpots (magazine No. n+1 and No. n-1).When a large diameter tool is stored in a magazine pot, only the standard tools can be stored in theright and left pots No. n+1 and n-1.When a left large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, no tool can be stored in the left pot(magazine No. n+1).When a right large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, no tool can be stored in the rightpot (magazine No. n-1).When a super large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, no tool can be stored in eitherright or left pot (magazine No. n+1 or n-1).Actual dimensions of these tools are shown in the following subsections.
The actual dimensions of the tools are shown in the figures on the following pages.Set the tools in the magazine so that the tools will keep balance and will not apply unbalance load tothe magazine.
LE11165R0400800050001
Standard toolLarge diameter toolLeft large diameter toolRight large diameter toolSuper large diameter tool
Standard tools Large diameter toolsID toolholder baseOD toolholder type C
OD toolholder type AOD toolholder type E
Tools that can be stored in the adjacent tool pots Tools that can be stored in the adjacent tool pots
Super large dia tool
R-sided super large dia tool
L-sided super large dia tool Large dia tool
Standard tool/ heavy tool
Dummy tool No tool Dummy tool No tool
Standard tool/ heavy tool Large dia tool
L-sided super large dia tool
R-sided super large dia tool
Super large dia tool
Standard tool/heavy tool
Large dia tool
L-sided super large dia tool (Auto setting)
(Auto setting)
(Auto setting)
R-sided super large dia tool
Super large dia tool (Auto setting)
: Setting possible : Setting impossible
5347-E P-140SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
3-1. HSK-A63
Standard toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800060001
Left-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800060002
Unit : mm (in.) Max dimensions of the standard tool
φ90
(3.5
4)
374 (14.72)
400 (15.75)
26 (1.02)
Max dimensions of the left-sided large diameter tool Unit : mm (in.)
50.5
(1.
988)
29(1
.14)
78 (
3.07
)
25.4 (1.000)
67.1 (2.642)19.6
(0.772) 47.5 (1.870)
60 (2.36)
28.6 (1.126)
43 (1.69)
65 (2.56)
93.6 (3.685)
110 (4.33)
17 (0.67)
70 (
2.76
)87
.5 (
3.44
5)
65 (
2.56
)75
(2.
95)
140
(5.5
1)
157.
5 (6
.201
)
28 (1
.10)
19.5
(0.
768)
17.8
(0
.701
)
65 (
2.56
)45
(1.
77)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)
369 (14.53)
344 (13.54)
400 (15.75)
30(1.18)
26(1.02)
17.5 (0.689)
5 (0.20)
17.5
(0.
689)
16.4 (0.646)
5 (0.20)
5 (0
.20)
14.5
(0.
571)
14.5
(0.
571)
5 (0.20)
5347-E P-141SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Right-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800060003
Max dimensions of the right-sided large diameter toolUnit : mm (in.)
140
(5.5
1)
67.1 (2.642)25.4
(1.000)
47.5 (1.870) 19.6 (0.772)
65 (2.56)28.6
(1.126)
93.6 (3.685)
110 (4.33)
14.5
(0.
571)
14.5
(0.
571)
50.5
(1.
988)
29(1
.14)
78 (
3.07
)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)65
(2.
56)
45 (
1.77
)
374 (14.72)
400 (15.75)
26 (1.02)
17.5 (0.689)
17.5
(0.
689)
16.4 (0.646)
5347-E P-142SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800060004
Unit : mm (in.)Max dimensions of the large diameter tool
47 (1.85) 47 (1.85)
94 (3.70)
19.5
(0.
768)
4.2
(0.1
65) 15
7.5
(6.2
01)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)
344 (13.54)
400 (15.75)
30 (1.18)
26 (1.02)
4 (0.16)
5347-E P-143SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800060005
Max dimensions of the super large diameter toolUnit : mm (in.)
140
(5.5
1)
95 (3.74)
60 (2.36)
108 (4.25)
65 (2.56) 65 (2.56)
130 (5.12)
19.5
(0
.768
)70
(2.
76)27.7
(1
.091
)17
.8 (0
.701
)
65 (
2.56
)
87.5
(3.
445)
75 (
2.95
)
140
(5.5
1)
157.
5 (6
.201
)
65 (
2.56
)65
(2.
56)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)
369 (14.53)
344 (13.54)
400 (15.75)
30 (1.18)26 (1.02)
5 (0.20)17
.5 (
0.68
9)17.5 (0.689)
5 (0.20)
17.5 (0.689)
17.5
(0.
689)
5 (0.20)17 (0.67)
5 (0
.20)
5347-E P-144SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
3-2. CAPTO-C6
Standard toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800070001
Notch for position setting
Unit : mm (in.) Max dimensions of the standard tool
Φ90
(3.
54)
378 (14.88)
400 (15.75)
22 (0.87)
5347-E P-145SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Left-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800070002
Max dimensions of the right-sided large diameter tool
Notch for position setting
Unit : mm (in.)
50.5
(1.
988)
29(1
.14)
78 (
3.07
)
25.4 (1.000)
19.6 (0.772)
67.1 (2.642)
47.5 (1.870)
57 (2.24)
39.5(1.555) 20.5
(0.807)28.6
(1.126)65 (2.56)
93.6 (3.685)
110 (4.33)
157.
5 (6
.201
)
140
(5.5
1)75 (
2.95
)65
(2.
56)
87.5
(3.
445)
70 (
2.76
)32.5
(1.
280)
20.5
(0.8
07)
65 (
2.56
)45
(1.
77)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)
348 (13.70)
400 (15.75)
30(1.18) 22
(0.87)
367 (14.45)
17.5 (0.689)
8 (0.31)
17.5
(0.
689)
17 (
0.67
)
5 (0.20)
16.4 (0.646)
14.5
(0.
571)
14.5
(0.
571)
11 (0.43)
5347-E P-146SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Right-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800070003
Max dimensions of the right-sided large diameter tool
Notch for position setting
Unit : mm (in.)
140
(5.5
1)
67.1 (2.642) 25.4 (1.000)
47.5 (1.870) 19.6 (0.772)
65 (2.56) 28.6 (1.126)
93.6 (3.685)
110 (4.33)
157.
5 (6
.201
)
50.5
(1.
988)
29(1
.14)
78 (
3.07
)
14.5
(0.
571)
14.5
(0.
571)
45 (
1.77
)65
(2.
56)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)
378 (14.88)
400 (15.75)
22 (0.87)
16.4 (0.646)
17.5
(0.
689)
17.5 (0.689)
5347-E P-147SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800070004
Max dimensions of the large diameter tool
Notch for position setting
Unit : mm (in.)
47 (1.85) 47 (1.85)
7.5(0.295)
94 (3.70)
17 (
0.67
)7.
5 (0
.30) 15
7.5
(6.2
01)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
)
378 (14.88)
400 (15.75)
30 (1.18)
22 (0.87)
5347-E P-148SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Super large diameter toolMax. dimensions
LE11165R0400800070005
Max dimensions of the super large diameter tool
Notch for position setting
Unit : mm (in.)
95 (3.74)
47.5 (1.870)47.5 (1.870)
57 (2.24)
65 (2.56) 65 (2.56)
130 (5.12)
39.5(1.555) 20.5
(0.807)
20.5
(0
.807
)27
.5 (1
.083
)70
(2.
76)
87.5
(3.
445)
65 (
2.56
)75
(2.
95)
140
(5.5
1)
157.
5 (6
.201
)
65 (
2.56
)92
.5 (
3.64
2)
367 (14.45)
348 (13.70)
400 (15.75)
30(1.18) 22
(0.87)
65 (
2.56
)65
(2.
56)
11 (0.43)
17.5 (0.689)
8 (0.31)
17.5 (0.689)
17.5
(0.
689)
17 (
0.67
)5
(0.2
0)
5 (0.20)
5347-E P-149SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
4. Working Ranges
4-1. Turning Tool [for Opposing Spindle Model]
OD toolholder type A - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800080001
Kita
gawa
B-
210A
801D
Kita
gawa
B-
210A
801D
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l13
96 (5
4.96
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit Ce
nter
of
B-ax
is ro
tatio
n
690 (27.17) Travel
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)14
9 (5
.87)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
133
(5.2
4)
98 (3
.86)
35 (1
.38)
220
(8.6
6)
313
(12.
32)
176
(6.9
3)13
7 (5
.39)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
529
(20.
83)R35
5.1 (1
3.980
)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
45 (1.7
7)45 (1.7
7)7
(0.2
8)
97 (3
.82)
31 (1.2
2)17
5(6
.89)
874
(34.
41)
1396
(54.
96)
135
(5.3
1)60
(2.3
6)10
(0.3
9)14 (0.5
5)
53 (2.0
9)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)10
(0.3
9)
400
(15.
75)
322
(12.
68)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)196 (7.72)
73(2.87)
13(0.51)
12 (0.47)396 (15.59)
39 (1.54)
631 (24.84)59
(2.32)
275.5 (10.846)
73(2.87)11 (0.43)
28(1.10)
90.5(3.563)
6.5 (0.256)296 (11.65)
φ254 (10.00)
314.9(12.398)
670 (26.38)
238.6 (9.394)
5347-E P-150SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080002
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-
210A
801D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion G
auge
line
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
fB-
axis
rota
tion
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l10
13 (3
9.88
)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
39 (1
.54)
R355.1(13.980)
215
(8.4
6)
22 (0
.87)
13 (0
.51)
50 (1.9
7)47
.5(1
.870
)80 (3.1
5)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l32
2 (1
2.68
)
400
(15.
75)
10 (0
.39)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
112
(4.4
1)
54 (2.1
3)73 (2.8
7)50
(1.9
7)
13 (0.5
1)37 (1.4
6)
1545
(60.
83)
1155
.5(4
5.49
2)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)
226 (8.90)377.5
(14.862)
44(1.73)
45.5(1.791)
62(2.44)
132.5 (5.217)180
(7.09)
373(14.69)
160 (6.30)128 (5.04)
690 (27.17) Travel60
(2.36)100 (3.94)
317 (12.48)
215(8.46)
133 (5.24)
98 (3.86)35
(1.38)
220 (8.66)313 (12.32)
27(1.06)
φ254 (10.00)
314.9(12.398)
670 (26.38)
5347-E P-151SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080003
Kita
gawa
B-
210A
801D
Kita
gawa
B-
210A
801D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
Gau
ge lin
e
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) TravelUn
it: m
m (i
n.)
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)53
2 (2
0.94
)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l10
13 (3
9.88
)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
39 (1.5
4)
R355.1
(13.9
80)
137
(5.3
9)
29 (1
.14)
73 (2.8
7)
13 (0.5
1)47
.5
(1.8
70)
50 (1.9
7)
1545
(60.
83)
1155
.5 (4
5.49
2)
190
(7.4
8)
47 (1.8
5)80 (3.1
5)50 (1.9
7)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)13 (0.5
1)37 (1.4
6)
400
(15.
75)
322
(12.
68)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
226(8.90)
44(1.73)45.5
(1.791)
62(2.44)
377.5(14.862)132.5 (5.217)
180(7.09)
27(1.06)
160 (6.30)128
(5.04)60
(2.36)135 (5.31)
317 (12.48)
180 (7.09)
133 (5.24)
35 (1.38)
98(3.86)
220 (8.66)313 (12.32)
φ254 (10.00)
314.9(12.398)
670 (26.38)
373(14.69)
5347-E P-152SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 180°)
LE11165R0400800080004
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
33 (5
6.42
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Gau
ge lin
e
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)11
2 (4
.41)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
220
(8.6
6)13
3 (5
.24)
176
(6.9
3)17
7 (6
.97)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
35 (1
.38)
98 (3.8
6)
5 (0
.20)
53 (2.0
9)45 (1.7
7)
34 (1.3
4)
11 (0.4
3)60 (2.3
6)13
5 (5
.31) 11
3 (4
.45)
43 (1.6
9)32
2 (1
2.68
)
400
(15.
75)
10 (0
.39)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
616
(24.
25)
52 (2.0
5)16
4(6
.46)
874
(34.
41)
1433
(56.
42)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
272 (10.71)
53 (2.09)365 (14.37)
631(24.84)
59(2.32)
196(7.72)73 (2.87)
30.5(1.201)73
(2.87)317.5
(12.500)11
(0.43)13
(0.51)
62(2.44)
17.5(0.689) φ254 (10.00)
238.6 (9.394)
670 (26.38)
R355.2
(13.984)
39 (1.54)
314.8(12.394)
5347-E P-153SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800080005
1450
(57.
09) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
φ710 (27.95)
φ480 (18.90)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
95 (3
.74)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1013
(39.
88)
220
(8.6
6)93
(3.6
6)
86 (3
.39)
7 (0
.28)
176
(6.9
3)13
7 (5
.39)
313
(12.
32)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l32
2 (1
2.68
)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
10 (0
.39)
53 (2.0
9)
54 (2.1
3)60 (2.3
6)95
(3.7
4)91
4 (3
5.98
)
1436
(56.
54)
175
(6.8
9)31 (1.2
2)97
(3.8
2)
45 (1.7
7)45 (1.7
7)7
(0.2
8)
489
(19.
25)
φ254 (10.00)
222 (8.74)85
(3.35)
47(1.85)
13(0.51)
38 (1.50)605 (23.82)
370 (14.57)
(Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
(Max machining dia.)65
(2.56)
275.5 (10.846)28(1.10)
73(2.87)
90.5(3.563)
11 (0.43)6.5
(0.256)296 (11.65)
φ254 (10.00)
670 (26.38)
349.8(13.772)
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit Ce
nter
of
B-ax
is ro
tatio
n
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
238.6 (9.394)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
400
(15.
75)
30(1.18)
R319.7 (12.587)
5347-E P-154SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080006
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1013
(39.
88)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
R319.7
(12.58
7)65
(2.5
6)
241
(9.4
9)
32 (1
.26) 43 (1
.69)
113
(4.4
5)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l32
2 (1
2.68
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)10
(0.3
9)
86 (3
.39)
80 (3.1
5)
47 (1.8
5)50
(1.9
7)
13 (0.5
1)37
(1.4
6)
1545
(60.
83)
1155
.5 (4
5.49
2)50 (1.9
7)70 (2.7
6)47
.5(1
.870
)13 (0
.51)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
225.5 (8.878)
44(1.73)
46(1.81)
60(2.36)
150(5.91)95 (3.74)
219.5(8.642)
357 (14.06)333
(13.11)
27(1.06)
160 (6.30)128 (5.04)60 (2.36)315 (12.40)
93 (3.66)32
(1.26)61(2.40)
220 (8.66)313 (12.32)
φ254 (10.00)
670 (26.38)
350.4(13.795)
5347-E P-155SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080007
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
11
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Gau
ge lin
eCent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l10
13 (3
9.88
)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)17
6 (6
.93)
R319.7
(12.58
7)65 (2.5
6)
111
(4.3
7)
50 (1.9
7)55 (2.1
7)47 (1.8
5)
47.5
(1.8
70)13
(0.5
1)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l32
2 (1
2.68
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)10
(0.3
9)13 (0
.51)
37(1
.46)
φ254 (10.00)
216
(8.5
0)
57 (2.2
4)70 (2.7
6)50 (1.9
7)30
(1.18)
44(1.73)46
(1.81)60
(2.36)
150(5.91)
95(3.74)
225.5(8.878)
333 (13.11)357
(14.06)
219.5(8.642)
1545
(60.
83)
1155
.5 (4
5.49
2)
27(1.06)
160(6.30)
128 (5.04)60 (2.36)315
(12.40)
93 (3.66)
61(2.40)
32(1.26)
220 (8.66)313 (12.32)
φ254 (10.00)
670 (26.38)
350.4(13.795)
5347-E P-156SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 180°)
LE11165R0400800080008
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
33 (5
6.42
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
fB-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Gau
ge lin
e
690 (27.17) Travel
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)11
2 (4
.41)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
220
(8.6
6)
176
(6.9
3)
93 (3
.66)
86 (3
.39)
7 (0
.28)
137
(5.3
9)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
5 (0
.20)
95 (3.7
4)60 (2.3
6)51 (2.0
1)
34 (1.3
4)45 (1.7
7)13
(0.5
1)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)10
(0.3
9)
52 (2.0
5)16
4(6
.46)
914
(35.
98)
1433
(56.
42)
576
(22.
68)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
272(10.71)
53(2.09)
365(14.37)
85(3.35)
605(23.82)
222 (8.74)
φ254 (10.00)
47(1.85)
47(1.85) 43.5
(1.713)
13 (0.51)
37(1.46)6.5 (0.256)
11(0.43)
36 (1.42)
317.5(12.500)
R242.8
(9.559)
35(1.38)
72(2.83)
65(2.56)42 (1.65)
670 (26.38)
427.2 (16.819)
238.6 (9.394)
5347-E P-157SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E - Main spindle side (B-axis 45°)
LE11165R0400800080009
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
96.5
(58.
917)
(Wor
king
rang
e)
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
fB-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Gau
ge lin
e
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)48
.5 (1
.91)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
250.
2 (9
.850
)
243.
2 (9
.575
)7
(0.2
8)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
50.7
(1.9
96) 21
6.5
(8.5
24)
7.5
(0.2
95)
35 (1.3
8)10 (0
.39)
164
(6.4
6)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)10
(0.3
9)
400
(15.
75)
322
(12.
68)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
995
(39.
17)
1496
.5 (5
8.91
7)
285
(11.
22)
426.
2 (1
6.78
0)
R353.8
(13.929)
220 (
8.66)
133.8 (5.
268)
φ254 (10.00)
33 (1.30)20 (0.79)
45(1.77)184.5
(7.264)
30 (1.18)
407.5(16.043)
270.2 (10.638)
282.5(11.122)
419.8(16.528)
285(11.22) 39 (1.54)
φ254 (10.00)
316.2 (12.449)
670 (26.38)
35 (1.38)215.2 (8.472)
250.2 (9.850)
366(14.41)
5347-E P-158SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 135°)
LE11165R0400800080010
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
52 (5
7.17
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Gau
ge lin
e
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)93
(3.6
6)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
250.
2 (9
.850
)
243.
2 (9
.575
)
176
(6.9
3)74
.2(2
.921
)
7 (0
.28)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
220
(8.66
)
133.8
(5.26
8)
164
(6.4
6)34
(1.3
4)42 (1.6
5)
R353.8 (13.929)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
494.
2 (1
9.45
7)
70 (2.7
6)14
7 (5
.79)
995
(39.
17)
1452
(57.
17)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
24.5(0.965)
147(5.79)46.5
(1.83)
70(2.76)
270.2 (10.638)
402(15.83)
419.8 (16.528)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
407.5(16.043)
250.2 (9.850)
215.2 (8.472)35
(1.38)
185.5(7.303) 69 (2.72)
28(1.10)
φ254 (10.00)
316.2 (12.449)
670 (26.38)
238.6 (9.394)
5347-E P-159SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD 80° diamond-shaped - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080011
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
R288.5
(11.358)45 (1.7
7)
221
(8.7
0)21
2.5
(8.3
7)
21.5
(0.8
46)
80.5
(3.1
69)
13 (0
.51)
47.5
(1.8
70)
50 (1.9
7)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
106
(4.1
7)
177
(6.9
7)
37 (1.4
6)60 (2.3
6)67 (2.6
4)13 (0.5
1)
1155
.5 (4
5.49
2)
1545
(60.
83)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
46(1.81)
62(2.44)
65(2.56)
247.5(9.744)385
(15.16) 305 (12.01)
269.5(10.61)
27(1.06)
160(6.30)
128(5.04)
65(2.56)
14.5(0.571)
23.5 (0.925)272
(10.71)220 (8.66)65
(2.56)
31 (1.22)34
(1.34)
313 (12.32)
381.5(15.020)
670 (26.38)
φ254 (10.00)
5347-E P-160SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD 80° diamond-shaped - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080012
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
R288.5
(11.358)45 (1.7
7)
131
(5.1
6)
35 (1
.38)
67 (2.6
4)
212.
5 (8
.37)
50 (1.9
7)47
.5(1
.870
)
13 (0
.51)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
196
(7.7
2)
177
(6.9
7)
46.5
(1.8
3)80
.5(3
.169
)37 (1.4
6)13 (0
.51)
1155
.5 (4
5.49
2)
1545
(60.
83)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
46(1.81)
269.5(10.61)
305 (12.01)
62(2.44)
65(2.56)
247.5(9.744)385
(15.16)
27(1.06)160 (6.30)128 (5.04)
65(2.56)
62(2.44)
248(9.76)
65(2.56)220 (8.66)
31 (1.22)34
(1.34)
φ254 (10.00)
381.5(15.020)
670 (26.38)
313 (12.32)
5347-E P-161SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD 55° diamond-shaped - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080013
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
ATC
posit
ion
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
690 (27.17) Travel
Gau
ge lin
e
1013
(39.
88)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
221
(8.7
0)
21.5
(0.8
46)
212
(8.3
5)
50 (1.9
7)47
.5(1
.870
)13 (0
.51)
80.5
(3.1
69)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
106
(4.1
7)17
7 (6
.97)
60 (2.3
6)67 (2.6
4)37 (1.4
6)13
(0.5
1)
1545
(60.
83)
1156
(45.
51)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
242.5(9.547)
380(14.96)
72(2.83) 60
(2.36)
46(1.81)
44(1.73) 225.5 (8.878)
310(12.20)
27(1.06)
160(6.30)128 (5.04)
62(2.44)
31(1.22)10 (0.39)
272(10.71)220 (8.66)
70(2.76)
26 (1.02)44
(1.73)
313 (12.32)
376.5(14.823)
670 (26.38)
φ254 (10.00)
45 (1.7
7)R293.5
(11.555)
5347-E P-162SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD 55° diamond-shaped - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080014
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
176
(6.9
3)39
8.7
(15.
697)
131
(5.1
6)
35 (1
.38)
212
(8.3
5)
67 (2.6
4)
13 (0
.51)
47.5
(1.8
70)
50 (1.9
7)
R293.5 (11.555)
45 (1.7
7) 43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l32
2 (1
2.68
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
196
(7.7
2)17
7 (6
.97)
47 (1.8
5)80 (3.1
5)37 (1.4
6)
13 (0
.51)
1545
(60.
83)
1156
(45.
51)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18) 44
(1.73)46
(1.81)60(2.36)
72(2.83)
242.5(9.547)
380 (14.96)
225.5 (8.878)
310(12.20)
690 (27.17) Travel
27(1.06)
160 (6.30)128
(5.04)62
(2.44)70
(2.76)243 (9.57)
70(2.76)220 (8.66)44
(1.73)26 (1.02)
φ254 (10.00)
376.5(14.823)
670 (26.38)
313 (12.32)
5347-E P-163SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800080015
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
45 (5
6.89
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition690 (27.17) Travel
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)10
0 (3
.94)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
260
(10.
24)
160
(6.3
0)10
0 (3
.94)
220
(8.6
6)
313
(12.
32)
176
(6.9
3)13
7 (5
.39) 398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
R320(12.60)
496
(19.
53)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
10 (0
.39)
47 (1.8
5)60 (2.3
6)10
2(4
.02)21
9(8
.62)
53 (2.0
9)
907
(35.
71)
1429
(56.
26)
303
(11.
93)
175
(6.8
9)31 (1.2
2)97
(3.8
2)
45 (1.7
7)45 (1.7
7)7
(0.2
8)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
20 (0.79)
202 (7.95)67
(2.64)13(0.51)
18 (0.71)
670(26.38)
390(15.35)
275.5 (10.846)
90.5(3.563)
28(1.10)296
(11.65)
73(2.87)
11(0.43)
6.5(0.256)
φ254 (10.00)
238.6 (9.394)
350(13.78)
670 (26.38)
φ90 (3.54)
5347-E P-164SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base - Main spindle side (B-axis 180°)
LE11165R0400800080016
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1433
(56.
42) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Gau
ge lin
e
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)11
2 (4
.41)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
220
(8.6
6)
176
(6.9
3)
260
(10.
24)
144
(5.6
7)16
0 (6
.30)
100
(3.9
4)
398.
7(1
5.69
7)
R320
(12.60)
100
(3.9
4)10
6(4
.17)
104
(4.0
9)
25 (0
.98)
45 (1.7
7)34 (1.3
4)
1433
(56.
42)
907
(35.
71)
164
(6.4
6)52 (2.0
5)
583
(22.
95)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)
400
(15.
75)
322
(12.
68)
43 (1.6
9)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
20 (0.79)
272(10.71)
53(2.09)365
(14.37)
670(26.38)
202(7.95)
80(3.15)
34.5(1.358)
373.5(14.705)
φ254 (10.00)
17(0.67)
11(0.43)
6.5(0.256)
φ90 (3.54)
350(13.78)
670 (26.38)
238.6 (9.394)
5347-E P-165SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800080017
D-D
C-C
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
A-A
B-B
E-E
F-F
CCD D
BBA A
EE FF
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l13
96 (5
4.96
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)15
50 (6
1.02
) Tra
vel
1872
(73.
70) D
istan
ce b
etwe
en n
oses
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
60.7
(2.3
90) 15
1 (5
.94)
149
(5.8
7)53
2 (2
0.94
)
1696
(66.
77)
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
176
(6.9
3)13
7 (5
.39)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
220
(8.6
6)90
(3.5
4)
486
(19.
13)
R311 (12.24)
303
(11.
93)
175
(6.8
9)31 (1.2
2)97
(3.8
2)
45(1
.77)
45 (1.7
7)7 (0
.28)
1396
(54.
96) 91
7(3
6.10
)
43 (1.6
9)113
(4.4
5)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
10 (0.3
9)
24 (0.9
4)
176
(6.9
3)62 (2.4
4)64 (2.5
2)
26 (1.0
2)
10 (0
.39)
105
(4.1
3)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)23
0 (9
.06)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
φ254 (10.00)
182(7.17)
80.5(3.169)
6.5 (0.256)13(0.51)
408(16.06)
30(1.18)
20 (0.79)670
(26.38)
280 (11.02)27.5
(1.083)90.5(3.563)292 (11.50)
φ50 (1.97)
287.5(11.319)
73(2.87)
6.5(0.256)
11(0.43)
φ63(2.48)
φ254 (10.00)
359(14.13)
670(26.38)
238.6 (9.394)
20 (0.79)670 (26.38)
20 (0.79)260 (10.24)410 (16.14)
5.8 (0.228)20 (0.79)378 (14.88)292 (11.50)
303 (11.93) 367 (14.45) 20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)360.5 (14.193)309.5 (12.185)
20 (0.79)287.5 (11.319)382.5 (15.059)
5347-E P-166SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800080018
C-C
B-B
A-A
D-D
E-E
F-F
G-G
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
FFG GE E
D DC C
BB
A A
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l18
72 (7
3.70
) Dist
ance
bet
ween
nos
es
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
690 (27.17) Travel
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
85 (3.3
5)
85 (3.3
5)14
5(5
.71)
30 (1.1
8)11
5(4
.53)
30 (1
.18)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
60.7
(2.3
90) 15
1 (5
.94)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
176
(6.9
3)
R311
(12.24)
φ63
(2.4
8) φ50
(1.9
7)
398.
7 (1
5.69
7)
6.5
(0.2
56)
15 (0
.59)
273.
5 (1
0.76
77)
158.
5(6
.240
2)80
.5(3
.169
)13 (0.5
1)
43 (1.6
9)113
(4.4
5)
322
(12.
68)
113
(4.4
5)40
0 (1
5.75
)10
(0.3
9)43 (1.6
9)
151
(5.9
4)17
7 (6
.97)
40 (1
.57)
6.5
(0.2
56)
80.5
(3.1
69)13
(0.5
1)
37 (1
.46)
1545
(60.
83)
1094
.5 (4
3.09
1)
φ254 (10.00)
225.5(8.878)44
(1.73)
46(1.81)
30 (1.18)
62(2.44)
25.5 (1.004)
64(2.52)223 (8.78)
360 (14.17) 330 (12.99)
76.5(3.012)
158.5 (6.2402)142
(5.59)90
(3.54)81.5
(3.2087)60.5
(2.382)64 (2.52)26 (1.02)
223 (8.78)
φ254 (10.00)
359(14.13)
360 (14.17)
670 (26.38)
330 (12.99)360 (14.17)66.4 (2.6142)
330 (12.99)360 (14.17)76.5
(3.012)158.5 (6.240)49.1 (1.933)
235 (9.25)95 (3.74)
49.1(1.933)
360 (14.17)
455 (17.91)
330 (12.99)137 (5.39)223 (8.78)
287 (11.30)73
(2.87) 330 (12.99)
330 (12.99)47
(1.85)313 (12.32)
360 (14.17)13.5
(0.53) 316.5 (12.461)
313 (12.32) 220 (8.66)90
(3.54)
5347-E P-167SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit - Opposing spindle side (B-axis 180°)
LE11165R0400800080019
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
A-A
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Posit
ive
softw
are
limit
Gau
ge lin
e
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
AAB BC C
D
D
E E
F F
B-B
C-C
D-D
E-E
F-F
105.
5
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
33 (5
6.42
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
690 (27.17) Travel
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l18
72 (7
3.70
) Dist
ance
bet
ween
nos
es
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)11
2 (4
.41)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
310
(12.
20)
220
(8.6
6)90 (3.5
4)
176
(6.9
3)13
4(5
.28)
398.
7(1
5.69
7)
64 (2.5
2)17 (0
.67) 15
1 (5
.94)
45 (1
.77)
23 (0.9
1)
43 (1.6
9)113
(4.4
5)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
322
(12.
68)
400
(15.
75)
10 (0
.39)
43 (1.6
9)11
3 (4
.45)
573
(22.
56)
52 (2.0
5)16
4 (6
.46)
1433
(56.
42)
917
(36.
10)
23 (0.9
1)92 (3.6
2)13
8(5
.43)
27 (1.0
6)88 (3.4
6)14
2(5
.59)
105.
8(4
.165
)
74.5
(2.9
33)
49.7
(1.9
57)
9.2
(0.3
62)
9.5
(0.3
74)
31.5
(1.2
40)
83.5
(3.2
87)
41 (1.6
1)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
272(10.71)
20(0.79)
53(2.09)365 (14.37)
670 (26.38)
182.5 (7.185)185.5
(7.303)
6.5 (0.256)96.5(3.799)
55(2.17)27.5 (1.083)
322(12.68)
φ63 (2.48)
R311
(12.24
)
φ254 (10.00)
359(14.13)
670 (26.38)φ50 (1.97)
20(0.79)670 (26.38)
20(0.79)162.5 (6.398)
64(2.52)
507.5 (19.980)443.5 (17.46)
20 (0.79)169 (6.65)57.5
(2.264)
501 (19.72)443.5 (17.46)
20 (0.79)364 (14.33)306 (12.05)
306 (12.05)87
(3.43)
54.6(2.150)16.5 (0.650)333 (13.11)
20 (0.79)320.5 (12.618)349.5 (13.760)
20 (0.79)265.5 (10.453)404.5 (15.925)
5347-E P-168SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
4-2. Turning Tool [for NC Tailstock Model]
OD toolholder type A - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800090001
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1396
(54.
96) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
690 (27.17) Travel
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
149
(5.8
7)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
133
(5.2
4)22
0 (8
.66)
98 (3.8
6)
35 (1.3
8)
37.7
(1.4
84)31
3 (1
2.32
)
R355.1 (13.98
0)
390.
7 (1
5.38
2)
18 (0.7
1)
70 (2.7
6)12
1.3
(4.7
76)
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
400
(15.
75)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
10 (0
.39)
14 (0.5
5)
60 (2.3
6)13
5(5
.31)
53 (2.0
9)
891.
7 (3
5.10
6)
1396
(54.
96)
56 (2.2
0)58
.3(2
.295
)15 (0
.59)
138
(5.4
3)
110
(4.3
3)25 (0.9
8)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
196 (7.72)73
(2.87)
13 (0.51)12(0.47)
396(15.59)
59(2.32)
631(24.84)
39.1 (1.539)
169 (6.65)23
(0.91)25
(0.98)
5.5 (0.217)5 (0.20)462.5
(18.209)
70 (2.76)
75 (2.95)
10(0.39)
10(0.39)
314.9 (12.398)
670 (26.38)
5347-E P-169SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800090002
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Gau
ge lin
e
60 (2.3
6)
151
(5.9
4)53
2 (2
0.94
)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l10
13 (3
9.88
)
37.7
(1.4
84)
39 (1.5
4) 76.7
(3.0
20)
97 (3.8
2) 57.5
(2.2
64)
39.5
(1.5
55)
34.5
(1.3
58)
5 (0
.20)
10.5
(0.4
13)
12.5
(0.4
92)
34.5
(1.3
58)
25 (0.9
8)11
0 (4
.33)
121.
3 (4
.776
)70 (2.7
6)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
112
(4.4
1)
54 (2.1
3)73 (2.8
7)50 (1.9
7)
13 (0.5
1)37 (1.4
6)
1545
(60.
83)
1271
(50.
04)
R355.1 (13.980)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)
226 (8.90)
377.5 (14.862)132.5 (5.217)180
(7.09)
62(2.44)
373(14.69)
317(12.48)
184(7.24)138.5 (5.453)367.5
(14.469)
7(0.28)
21.5(0.846)
35(1.38)
54(2.13)
21 (0.83)
133 (5.24)220 (8.66)35
(1.38)98 (3.86)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)
10(0.39)
10 (0.39)
314.9 (12.398)
670 (26.38)
313 (12.32)
44(1.73)
45.5(1.791)
5347-E P-170SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800090003
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1450
(57.
09) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
95 (3
.74)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
37.7
(1.4
84)
220
(8.6
6)93
(3.6
6)
86 (3
.39)
7 (0
.28)
25 (0.9
8)11
0 (4
.33)
121.
3 (4
.776
)70 (2.7
6)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
10 (0
.39)
53 (2.0
9)
54 (2.1
3)60 (2.3
6)95 (3.7
4)
1436
(56.
54)
931.
5 (3
6.67
3)56 (2.2
0)58
.5(2
.303
)13
8 (5
.43)
15 (0
.59)
18 (0.7
1)
R319.7 (12.587)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
222 (8.74)85
(3.35)
47(1.85)
13(0.51)
38(1.50)
605(23.82)
370(14.57)
65(2.56)
350.
7 (1
3.80
7)
462.5 (18.209) 169 (6.65)5 (0.20)
5.5 (0.217)
23(0.91)
25(0.98)
70(2.76)
10(0.39)
75(2.95)10 (0.39)
349.8 (13.772)
670 (26.38)
5347-E P-171SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800090004
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
1696
(66.
77)
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l53
2 (2
0.94
)10
13 (3
9.88
)
37.7
(1.4
84)
65 (2.5
6)
R319.7 (12.587)
102.
7(4
.043
)
97.5
(3.8
39)
110
(4.3
3)25 (0.9
8)
15 (0
.59)
13 (0
.51)
45 (1.7
7)24.5
(0.9
65)
70 (2.7
6)12
1.3
(4.7
76)
183.
7 (7
.232
)400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
86 (3
.39)
80 (3.1
5)
47 (1.8
5)50
(1.9
7)
13 (0.5
1)37
(1.4
6)
1545
(60.
83)
1270
.5 (5
0.02
0)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)
225.5(8.878)
333 (13.11)
44(1.73)
46(1.81)
60(2.36)
150 (5.91)95 (3.74)
357(14.06)
219.5(8.642)
184(7.24)
104.5(4.114)
43.5(1.713)
8.5(0.335)
349.5(13.760)
93 (3.66)220 (8.66)32
(1.26)61
(2.40)
7.5 (0.295)50
(1.97)21
(0.83)26
(1.02)
70(2.76)
10 (0.39)
10(0.39)
75(2.95)
350.4 (13.795)
670 (26.38)
313 (12.32)
5347-E P-172SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E - Main spindle side (B-axis 45°)
LE11165R0400800090005
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l14
96.5
(58.
917)
(Wor
king
rang
e)
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)48
.5 (1
.91)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
532
(20.
94)
50.7
(1.9
96)
7.5
(0.2
95)
216.
5(8
.524
)35 (1.3
8)10
(0.3
9)16
4 (6
.46)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
400
(15.
75)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
121.
3 (4
.776
)70 (2.7
6)
1496
.5(5
8.91
7)
1107
(43.
58)
173
(6.8
1)
287.
9 (1
1.33
5)
250.
2 (9
.850
)
243.
2 (9
.575
)7
(0.2
8)
220 (
8.66)
133.8
(5.26
8)
110
(4.3
3)25 (0.9
8)
φ254 (10.00)
33(1.30)
20(0.79)
45.3(1.783)184.5 (7.264)
30(1.18)
407.5 (16.043)
270.2 (10.638)
282.5(11.122)
419.8(16.528)
690 (27.17) Travel
173 (6.81)517 (20.35)
R353.8 (13.929)
10 (0.39)
10 (0.39)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)
316.2 (12.45)
670 (26.38)
35(1.38)
215.2 (8.472)
250.2 (9.850)
5347-E P-173SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD 80° diamond-shape - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800090006
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
Gau
ge lin
e
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)53
2 (2
0.94
)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
37.7
(1.4
84)
45 (1.7
7)
R288.5
(11.35
8)
82.7
(3.2
56)
97.5
(3.8
39)
39.5
(1.5
55)
45 (1.7
7)13 (0.5
1)
25 (0.9
8)11
0 (4
.33)
121.
3(4
.776
)70 (2.7
6)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
106
(4.1
7)
177
(6.9
7)
60 (2.3
6)67 (2.6
4)13 (0.5
1)37
(1.4
6)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)
225.5 (8.878)
305 (12.01)
44(1.73)
46(1.81)
62(2.44)
65(2.56)
247.5(9.744)
385(15.16)
1270
.5 (5
0.02
0)
1545
(60.
83)
690 (27.17) Travel
184 (7.24)103.5
(4.075)
7.5 (0.295)50(1.97)
26(1.02)20 (0.79)
402.5 (15.846)
65(2.56)
34(1.34)31 (1.22)
220 (8.66)313 (12.32)
10(0.39)
10 (0.39)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)381.5 (15.020)
670 (26.38)
5347-E P-174SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
OD 55° diamond-shaped - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800090007
26
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
690 (27.17) Travel
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
37.7
(1.4
84)
45 (1.7
7)
R293.5 (11.555)
82.7
(3.2
56)
25 (0.9
8)11
0 (4
.33)
39.5
(1.5
55)
45 (1.7
7)
13 (0
.51)
121.
3(4
.776
)70 (2.7
6)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
113
(4.4
5)
400
(15.
75)
43 (1.6
9)
60 (2.36
)67 (2.64
)37
(1.46
)
13 (0.51
)
106
(4.1
7)15
45(6
0.83
) 1270
.5 (5
0.02
0)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)
225.5(8.878)
310(12.20)
44(1.73)46
(1.81)60
(2.36)72
(2.83)242.5
(9.547)
380 (14.96)
184(7.24)
103.5(4.075)402.5 (15.846)
70 (2.76)220 (8.66)44
(1.73)26 (1.02)
7.5(0.295)
50(1.97)
20(0.79)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)
10(0.39)
10 (0.39)376.5 (14.823)
670 (26.38)
313 (12.32)
5347-E P-175SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800090008
67
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
1445
(56.
89)(W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
e
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90) (Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90)
151
(5.9
4)10
0 (3
.94)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
37.7
(1.4
84)
220
(8.6
6)26
0 (1
0.24
)
160
(6.3
0)10
0 (3
.94)
R320 (12.60)
357.
7(1
4.08
3)
110
(4.3
3)25 (0.9
8) 70 (2.7
6)12
1.3
(4.7
76)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1.6
9)
10 (0
.39)
53 (2.0
9)
47 (1.8
5)60 (2.3
6)10
2 (4
.02)
219
(8.6
2)92
4.5
(36.
398)14
29(5
6.26
)
285.
5(1
1.24
0)
138
(5.4
3)58
.5(2
.303
)45 (1.7
7)11
(0.4
3)18
(0.7
1)15
(0.5
9)
φ254 (10.00)
202 (7.95)
20 (0.79)
30 (1.18)
13 (0.51)
18 (0.71)390
(15.35)
670 (26.38)
6 (0.24)
5 (0.20) 5.5(0.217)
41(1.61)25
(0.98)23.5 (0.925)
25(0.98) 96.5
(3.799)131 (5.16)462.5 (18.209)
10 (0.39)
10(0.39)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)
350 (13.78)
670 (26.38)
5347-E P-176SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit - Main spindle side (B-axis 0°)
LE11165R0400800090009
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
462.5
57
A-A
B-B
C-C
F-F
E-E
D-D
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
AA
B BDD
EE FF
CC
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l13
96 (5
4.96
) (W
orkin
g ra
nge)
ATC
posit
ion
Gau
ge lin
ePo
sitive
softw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)15
50 (6
1.02
) Tra
vel
1733
.7 (6
8.25
6) S
pind
le n
ose
to ta
ilsto
ck c
ente
r
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ480 (18.90)(Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
690 (27.17) Travel
60.7
(2.3
90) 15
1 (5
.94)
149
(5.8
7)53
2 (2
0.94
)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
313
(12.
32)
220
(8.6
6)90 (3.5
4)
37.7
(1.4
84)
347.
7 (1
3.68
9)
R310 (12.20
)
110
(4.3
3)25 (0.9
8)
18 (0
.71)
285.
5 (1
1.24
0)
138
(5.4
3)56 (2.2
0)58
.5(2
.303
) 15 (0
.59)
70 (2.7
6)
121.
3(4
.776
)18
3.7
(7.2
32)
113
(4.4
5)
400
(15.
75)
43 (1.6
9)
10 (0.3
9)
24 (0.9
4)
62 (2.4
4)64
(2.52
)26
(1.02
)
176 (
6.93)
1396
(54.9
6)93
4.5 (3
6.791
)
115
(4.53
)11
5(4.
53)
230 (
9.06)
115
(4.53
)11
5(4.
53)
230 (
9.06)
115
(4.53
)11
5(4.
53)
230 (
9.06)
115
(4.53
)11
5(4.
53)
230 (
9.06)
115
(4.53
)11
5(4.
53)
230 (
9.06)
115
(4.53
)11
5(4.
53)
230 (
9.06)
φ254 (10.00)
30(1.18)
20 (0.79)182 (7.17)
80.5(3.169)
6.5(0.256)
13(0.51)670 (26.38)
408(16.06)
169 (6.65)
23 (0.91)25 (0.98)
5.5(0.217)
5 (0.20)
10 (0.39)
10(0.39)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)360 (14.17)
670 (26.38)
670 (26.38) 20 (0.79)
20(0.79)
149(5.87)521 (20.51)
20(0.79)172 (6.77)
578 (22.76)498 (19.61)
20(0.79)
207.5(8.169)462.5 (18.209)
20(0.79)
202.5(7.972)467.5 (18.406)
20(0.79)
177.5(6.99)492.5 (19.390)
5347-E P-177SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit - Main spindle side (B-axis 90°)
LE11165R0400800090010
30°
30°
30°
30°
177
Kita
gawa
B-21
0A80
1D
D-D
A-A
B-B
C-C
D DCC
BB
A A
Nega
tive
softw
are
limit
1545
(60.
83) T
rave
l
ATC
posit
ion
Posit
ive s
oftw
are
limit
Cent
er o
f B-
axis
rota
tion
690 (27.17) Travel
1500
(59.
06) (
Wor
king
rang
e)
1550
(61.
02) T
rave
l17
33.7
(68.
256)
Spi
ndle
nos
e to
tails
tock
cen
ter
Touc
h se
nsor
pos
ition
φ710 (27.95) (Max machining dia.)
φ480 (18.90)(Swing over carriage at Y=+115)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
Gau
ge lin
e
60.7
(2.3
90) 15
1 (5
.94)
532
(20.
94)
1696
(66.
77)
1013
(39.
88)
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ250
(9.8
4)
φ224
(8.8
2)φ5
0 (1
.97)
R310
(12.20
)
37.7
(1.4
84)
25 (0.9
8)11
0(4
.33)
97 (3.8
2)10 (0.3
9)39
.5(1
.555
)12
.5(0
.492
)35 (1.3
8)
183.
7 (7
.232
)
400
(15.
75)
113
(4.4
5)43 (1
.69)
151
(5.9
4)
40 (1
.57)
37 (1
.46)
6.5
(0.2
56)
80.5
(3.1
69)13 (0
.51)
1545
(60.
83)
1271
(50.
04)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5 (4
.53)
80 (3.1
5)35
(1.3
8)25 (0.9
8)23
0 (9
.06)
115 (
4.53)
115 (
4.53)180 (
7.09)
25 (0.9
8)
230
(9.0
6)
115
(4.5
3)11
5(4
.53)
φ254 (10.00)
30 (1.18)
225.5(8.878)330
(12.99)
44(1.73)46
(1.81)62(2.44)
25.5(1.004)
64(2.52)
360(14.17)
223(8.78)
184 (7.24)103.5
(4.075)402.5 (15.846)
90(3.54)220 (8.66)313 (12.32)
7.5(0.295)
54(2.13)22
(0.87)
20(0.79)
10(0.39)
10 (0.39)
70(2.76)
75(2.95)
360 (14.17)
670 (26.38)
121.
3(4
.776
)70 (2.7
6)
330 (12.99)360 (14.17)
191.5 (7.539)138.5
(5.453)90 (3.54)
360 (14.17)
588.5 (23.169)
205.5 (8.091)60
(2.36)
64.5
(2.539)
360 (14.17)287.5 (11.319)42.5
(1.67)360 (14.17)
5347-E P-178SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
5. Dimensions of Spindle NoseJIS-A2-8
LE11165R0400800100001
30
50 (1
.95)
58 (2
.28)
30 (1
.18)
15.8
75 (0
.625
00)
85 (3.35)
90 (3.54)
139.719 (5.50074)
171.45 (6.7500)
210 (8.27)
(0.93752)
80+0.5 0
139.319 0+0.1025.48499
0+0.00402
23.813h8
3.15+0.020 0
6 (0.2
4)10
(0.3
9)M
1030
11-M
16U
nit :
mm
(in.
)
7 7
' 30"
Tape
r 1/1
2Ta
per 1
/10
5347-E P-179SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
JIS-A2-11
LE11165R0400800100002
30˚
30˚
11-M
20
φ120 (4.72)
φ196.869 (7.75075)
φ196.09-0.10
R117.45±0.152 (4.6240±0.00598)
φ284 (11.18)
(1.1252)φ28.58
φ110.5(4.350)
0(7.702-0.0039)
0
(11.02+0.00126)0
φ280h+0.0320
M10
(0.4
3)11
8 (0.3
1)
Tap
er 1
/10
95 (
3.74
)
35(1
.38)
017
.463
+0.0
25 0(0
.687
52+0
.000
98)
7˚ 7
' 30'
'
(0.3
9)10
Uni
t: m
m (
in.)
R117.45±0.076 (4.6240±0.00299)
5347-E P-180SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
6. Hydraulic Power Chuck and CylinderHollow chuck for main standard spindle
LE11165R0400800110001
53 (2
.09)
108
(4.2
5)43
5 (1
7.13
)42
(1.6
5)
673.
5 (2
6.52
)
φ80 (3.15)
φ78 (3.07)
φ70 (2.76)
MAX
22
(0.8
7)24
(0.9
4)M
AX 2
6.5
(1.0
4)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
114
(4.4
9)23
1 (9
.09)
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)T
hrus
t
3.0
MP
a (4
35.3
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
111
kN (2
4975
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
19 m
m (0
.75
in.)
3800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
+B
-210
A80
1D
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
111
kN (2
4975
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
19 m
m (0
.75
in.)
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
4200
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
B-2
10A
801D
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
38.5
kg
(84.
7 lb
)M
ass
21.0
kg
(46.
2 lb
)M
ass
4.5
MP
a (6
53.0
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
5500
min
-1
47.0
kN
(105
75 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.1 M
Pa
(449
.8 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
M78
P2
536-
3000
-02
MIN
3 (0
.12)
MIN
7.5
(0.3
0)
M78
P2
M6
φ195 (7.68)
φ254 (10.00)
5347-E P-181SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Solid chuck for main standard spindle
LE11165R0400800110002
108
(4.2
5)43
5 (1
7.13
)53
(2.0
9)23
1 (9
.09)
3 (0
.12)
MIN
115
(4.5
3)Un
it: m
m (i
n.)
42 (1
.65)
106
(4.1
7)
φ80 (3.15)
φ78 (3.07)
φ70 (2.76)
473
(18.
62)
32
(1.2
6)
MAX
22
(0.8
7)
536-
3005
-02
536-
3005
-01
MIN
-3 (0
.12)
M78
P2
MAX
140
(5.5
1)
M20
P2.5
29.0
kN
(652
5 lb
f)T
hrus
t
2.0
MP
a (2
90.2
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
3800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
+N
-10A
0801
A
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
29.0
kN
(652
5 lb
f)
4010
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
N-1
0A08
01A
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
40.0
kg
(88.
0 lb
)M
ass
21.0
kg
(46.
2 lb
)M
ass
4.5
MP
a (6
53.0
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
5500
min
-1
47.0
kN
(105
75 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.1 M
Pa
(449
.8 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
φ195 (7.68)
φ254 (10.00)
5347-E P-182SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Hollow chuck for main standard and high-power spindle
LE11165R0400800110003
42 (1
.65)
114
(4.4
9)53
(2.0
9)49
5 (1
9.49
)11
8 (4
.65)
231
(9.0
9)
743.
5 (2
9.27
)
24 (0
.94)
MAX
26.
5 (1
.04)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
MAX
22 (0
.87)
φ80 (3.15)
φ78 (3.08)
φ70 (2.76)
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)T
hrus
t
3.0
MP
a (4
35.3
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
111
kN (2
4975
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
19 m
m (0
.75
in.)
3800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
+B
-210
A80
1D
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
111
kN (2
4975
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
19 m
m (0
.75
in.)
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
4200
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
B-2
10A
801D
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
38.5
kg
(84.
7 lb
)M
ass
21.0
kg
(46.
2 lb
)M
ass
4.5
MP
a (6
53.0
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
5500
min
-1
47.0
kN
(105
75 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.1 M
Pa
(449
.8 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
MIN
3 (0.
12)
MIN
7.5
(0.3
0)
M78
P2
526-
3005
-01
M78
P2
M6
φ195 (7.68)
φ254 (10.00)
5347-E P-183SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Solid chuck for main standard and high-power spindle
LE11165R0400800110004
29.0
kN
(652
5 lb
f)T
hrus
t
2.0
MP
a (2
90.2
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
3800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
+N
-10A
0801
A
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
29.0
kN
(652
5 lb
f)
4010
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
N-1
0A08
01A
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
40.0
kg
(88.
0 lb
)M
ass
21.0
kg
(46.
2 lb
)M
ass
4.5
MP
a (6
53.0
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
5500
min
-1
47.0
kN
(105
75 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.1 M
Pa
(449
.8 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
53 (2
.09)
φ80 (3.15)
231
(9.0
9)11
8 (4
.65)
495
(19.
49)
MAX
22 (0
.87)
106
(4.1
7)42
(1.6
5)
543
(21.
38)
32 (1
.26)
3 (0
.12)
MIN
115
(4.5
3)Un
it: m
m (i
n.)
φ70 (2.76)
φ78 (3.07)536-
3005
-02
MIN
-3 (0.
12)
526-
3000
-01
M78
P2
M20
P2.5
MAX
140
(5.5
1)
φ254 (10.00)
φ195 (7.68)
5347-E P-184SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Hollow chuck for main big-bore and high-power spindle
LE11165R0400800110005
495
(19.
49)
55 (2
.17)
32 (1
.26)
MAX
45
(1.7
7)M
AX 2
3 (0
.91)
492
(19.
37)
198.
5 (7
.81)
163
(6.4
2)61
(2.4
0)
856.
5 (3
3.72
)
M10
5P2
M10
5P2
MIN
22
(0.8
7)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
MIN
0 (0
.00)
526-
3055
-01
φ381 (15.00)
φ275(10.83)
96.0
kN
(216
00 lb
f)T
hrus
t
3.2
MP
a (4
64.3
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
244.
0 kN
(549
00 lb
f)C
lam
ping
forc
e
10.6
mm
(0.4
2 in
.)
23 m
m (0
.91
in.)
2800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
F259
6H-0
1+B
-215
A10
1
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
244.
0 kN
(549
00 lb
f)
10.6
mm
(0.4
2 in
.)
23 m
m (0
.91
in.)
96.0
kN
(216
00 lb
f)
2800
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
B-2
15A
101
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
123
kg (2
70.6
lb)
Mas
s60
.0 k
g (1
32.0
lb)
Mas
s
3.9
MP
a (5
65.9
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
23 m
m (0
.91
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
2800
min
-1
117.
6 kN
(264
60 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
F259
6H-0
1C
ylin
der t
ype
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.9 M
Pa
(565
.9 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
5347-E P-185SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Solid chuck for main big-bore and high-power spindle
LE11165R0400800110006
20 (0
.79)
MIN
47
(1.8
5)
φ145 (5.71)
647.
5 (2
5.49
)
61 (2
.40)
495
(19.
49)
55 (2
.17)
198.
5 (7
.81)
130
(5.1
2)
522-
3010
-31
526-
3050
-01
MAX
82(
3.23
)Un
it: m
m (i
n.)
MIN
34
(1.3
4)5
(0.2
0)
MAX
69
(2.7
2)
288
(11.
34)
M36
M30
φ381 (15.00)
φ110 (4.33)
φ55 (2.17)
80.4
kN
(180
90 lb
f)T
hrus
t
3.0
MP
a (4
35.3
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
244
kN (5
4900
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
16 m
m (0
.63
in.)
35 m
m (1
.38
in.)
2800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
Y20
35R
E01
+N
-15A
1101
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
244
kN (5
4900
lbf)
16 m
m (0
.63
in.)
35 m
m (1
.38
in.)
80.4
kN
(180
90 lb
f)
2800
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
N-1
5A11
01C
huck
type
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
103
kg (2
26.6
lb)
Mas
s22
.5 k
g (4
9.5
lb)
Mas
s
4.0
MP
a (5
80.4
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
35 m
m (1
.38
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
5500
min
-1
117
kN (2
6325
lbf)
Max
spe
ed
Y20
35R
E01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
4
.0 M
Pa
(580
.4 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
5347-E P-186SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Hollow chuck for opposing spindle
LE11165R0400800110007
φ78 (3.07)
φ70 (2.76)
42 (1
.65)
114
(4.4
9)
637.
5 (2
5.10
)
φ80 (3.15)
535-
3000
-03-
01
M78
P2
MIN
7.5
(0.3
0)
MIN
3 (0
.12)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
148
(5.8
3)23
1 (9
.09)
360
(14.
17)
MAX
22
(0.8
7)
53 (2
.09)
23 (0
.91)
MAX
26.
5 (1
.04)
M78
XP2.
0
φ254 (10.00)
φ195 (7.68)
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)T
hrus
t
3.0
MP
a (4
35.3
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
111
kN (2
4975
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
19 m
m (0
.75
in.)
3800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
+B
-210
A80
1D
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
111
kN (2
4975
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
19 m
m (0
.75
in.)
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
4200
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
B-2
10A
801D
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
38.5
kg
(84.
7 lb
)M
ass
21.0
kg
(46.
2 lb
)M
ass
4.5
MP
a (6
53.0
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
5500
min
-1
47.0
kN
(105
75 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.1 M
Pa
(449
.8 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
5347-E P-187SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Solid chuck for opposing spindle
LE11165R0400800110008
3 (0
.12)
32 (1
.26)
438
(17.
24)
MIN
115
(4.5
3)φ70 (2.76)
φ78 (3.07)
φ80 (3.15)
MIN
-3 (0
.12)
MAX
140
(5.5
1)
MAX
22
(0.8
7)
106
(4.1
7)42
(1.6
5)36
0 (1
4.17
)14
8 (5
.83)
231
(9.0
9)53
(2.0
9)
M20
P2.5
536-
3005
-02
535-
3005
-04
M78
XP2.
0
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
φ254 (10.00)
φ195 (7.68)
29.0
kN
(652
5 lb
f)T
hrus
t
2.0
MP
a (2
90.2
psi
)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
3800
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (
in d
iam
eter
)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
+N
-10A
0801
A
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
108
kN (2
4300
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
5 in
.)
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
29.0
kN
(652
5 lb
f)
4010
min
-1
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
ed
N-1
0A08
01A
Chu
ck ty
pe
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
40.0
kg
(88.
0 lb
)M
ass
21.0
kg
(46.
2 lb
)M
ass
4.5
MP
a (6
53.0
psi
)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pre
ssur
e
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
43.0
kN
(967
5 lb
f)
5500
min
-1
47.0
kN
(105
75 lb
f)
Max
spe
ed
SS
1770
C01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r S
peci
ficat
ions
Pull
Push
(Hyd
raul
ic p
ress
ure:
3
.1 M
Pa
(449
.8 p
si))
Pis
ton
thru
st
5347-E P-188SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
7. Hydraulic Circuit DiagramNC tailstock model
LE11165R0400800120001
ATC ready ST slide
ATC ready ST adv./ret.
IN
Coolant outletCoolant inlet
ATCMain headstock
(O.P) (O.P)
(Turcite shoe)(1 pc)High-pressure brake
Low-pressure brake
Hydraulic manifold
Hydraulic unit
TP
DR
Hydraulic source pressure6.5 MPa
B-axis brakeTurret clamp/unclamp
M spindle clamp confirmation
M spindle unclamp confirmation
Tool clamp/unclamp
M spindle lock/unlock
Tool unclamp confirmation
Multifunction turret
(0.001˚)
Set pressure2.3 MPa
Set pressure2.3 MPa
Turret upper part
Set pressure2.3 MPa
1/2
3/4 3/4
B-axis unclamp confirmation
P
Main spindleOpposing spindleM-tool spindle
Oil temp. controller
1/2
(2 pc)
Chuck manifold block
19
25
5
141816
2
6
34
7
8
11
12 23 13 22
30
15
17
28
1
9
10
24
29
32
20 21
33
31
2726High-pressure brake(C-axis clamp)
1 MPa
4.5 MPa
Set pressure
Low-pressure brake(C-axis brake)
Chuck open/close
Chuck pressure adjustment
Coolant outlet
Set pressure
C-axis brake pressure adjustment
Set pressure2.3 MPa
ATC releasing the tool change arm interlock
5347-E P-189SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
No. Part Name Used for Maker Type Okuma Part No.
1 Oil tank
Hydraulic unit
Showa
H0130-0026-68-1 (Japan)
H0130-0026-69-1 (Overseas)
2 Radiator Koyo Radiator W307-01-00 H0110-0004-59
3 Suction filter Daiei YMD 60615 H0032-0005-74
4 Hydraulic pump NACHI UVN-1A-1A4-22-4-Q20-6063B F0100-83-000-09
5 Reducing valve NACHI OG-G01-P1-20 F0011-840-000-02
6 Line filter Yamashin DT-04-30-10-RC1/2 H0032-0009-94
7 Oil filter port air breaker Masuda MSA-V50 H0032-0009-97
8 Level gauge Kyowa KLA-60SN-A M10 red ball H0039-0007-27
9 Level switch ASK LSN-105L-B-11 (without DIN connector) E3041-215-001
10 Pressure gaugeYodogawa PAGT-R1/4X60X10M MPA T019-400-008-41
(Japan)
Yodogawa PAGT-R1/4X60X10M (MPa and psi)
T019-400-008-42 (Overseas)
11 Pressure switch Nagano Keiki CP20-223 1.4-7.0MPA E3040-539-072
12
S solenoid valve
C-axis brake change
NACHI SA-G01-A3X-K-D2-5377A F0001-431-000-9813 C-axis clamp change
14 B-axis brake
15D solenoid valve
Chuck open/closeNACHI SA-G01-E3X-K-D2-5377A F0000-431-000-45
16 M spindle lock
17D solenoid valve
Tool clampNACHI SA-G01-C6-K-D2-5377A F0000-445-000-94
18 Turret clamp
19
D solenoid valve
Releasing the tool change arm inter-lock
NACHI SA-G01-C5-K-D2-5377A F0000-442-001-3820 Ready ST adv./ret.
21 Ready ST slide
22 Reducing valve Chuck pressure adjustment NACHI OG-G01-PC-K-21 F0011-630-000-1
23 Reducing valve C-axis brake pressure adjustment NACHI OG-G01-PC-21 F0011-620-000-11
24 Check valve Turret clamp NACHI OCP-G01-A1-21 F0040-980-000-20
25
Pressure switch
M spindle clamp
Act Denki CE615 E3040-068-00526 M spindle unclamp
27 Tool unclamp
28 B-axis unclamp
29
Pressure gauge
Chuck pressureNagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa T019-400-006-50
(Japan)
Nagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa (with psi indi-cation)
T019-400-006-51 (Overseas)
30 C-axis brake pressureNagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa T019-400-006-50
(Japan)
Nagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa (with psi indi-cation)
T019-400-006-51 (Overseas)
31 Pressure switch Chuck pressureNagano Keiki CQ20-331-7MPA PF3/8 E3040-539-068 (Japan)
Nagano Keiki CQ20-331-7MPA/PSI PF3/8 E3040-539-067 (Overseas)
32Fixed orifice
Ready ST adv./ret.Okuma's orifice Diameter: φ1 C7868-008101
33 Ready ST slide
5347-E P-190SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
Opposing spindle model
LE11165R0400800120002
Chuck manifold block
Chuck manifold block
ATC ready ST slide
ATC ready ST adv./ret.
IN
Coolant outlet
Coolant inlet
Coolant outlet
Coolant inlet
ATCMain headstock
(O.P) (O.P)
(Turcite shoe)(1 pc)
High-pressure brake
Low-pressure brake
(O.P) (O.P)
Hydraulic manifold
Hydraulic unit
TP
DR
Hydraulic source pressure6.5 MPa
B-axis brakeTurret clamp/unclamp
Tool clamp/unclamp
M spindle lock/unlock
Tool unclamp confirmation
Multifunction turret
(0.001˚)
DR
Set pressure2.3MPa
Turret upper part
Set pressure2.3MPa
1/2
3/4 3/4
B-axis unclamp confirmation
PMain spindleOpposing spindleM-tool spindle
Coolant outlet
Oil temp. controller
1/2
1/2
(2 pc)
Low-pressure brake(Turcite shoe)(1 pc)
(2 pc)High-pressure brake
19
25
5
141816
2
6
34
7
8
11
12 23 13 22
30
15
17
28
19
10
2915
30
22 13 23 12
24
29
32
20 2133
31
31
2726High-pressure brake(C-axis clamp)
Set pressure1 MPa
Chuck pressure adjustment
4.5MPa
Low-pressure brake(C-axis brake)
Chuck open/close
Chuck pressure adjustment
Set pressure
M spindle clamp confirmation
Set pressure2.3MPa
Set pressure2.3MPa
M spindle unclamp confirmation
ATC releasing the tool change arm interlock Opposing headstock
(having the same circuit as the main headstock)
Low-pressure brake(C-axis brake)
Chuck open/close
High-pressure brake(C-axis clamp)
C-axis brake pressure adjustment
C-axis brake pressure adjustment
Set pressure1 MPa
5347-E P-191SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
No. Part Name Used for Maker Type Okuma Part No.
1 Oil tank
Hydraulic unit
Showa
H0130-0026-68-1 (Japan)
H0130-0026-69-1 (Overseas)
2 Radiator Koyo Radiator W307-01-00 H0110-0004-59
3 Suction filter Daiei YMD 60615 H0032-0005-74
4 Hydraulic pump NACHI UVN-1A-1A4-22-4-Q20-6063B F0100-83-000-09
5 Reducing valve NACHI OG-G01-P1-20 F0011-840-000-02
6 Line filter Yamashin DT-04-30-10-RC1/2 H0032-0009-94
7 Oil filter port air breaker Masuda MSA-V50 H0032-0009-97
8 Level gauge Kyowa KLA-60SN-A M10 red ball H0039-0007-27
9 Level switch ASK LSN-105L-B-11 (without DIN connector) E3041-215-001
10 Pressure gaugeYodogawa PAGT-R1/4X60X10M MPA T019-400-008-41
(Japan)
Yodogawa PAGT-R1/4X60X10M (MPa and psi)
T019-400-008-42 (Overseas)
11 Pressure switch Nagano Keiki CP20-223 1.4-7.0MPA E3040-539-072
12
S solenoid valve
C-axis brake change
NACHI SA-G01-A3X-K-D2-5377A F0001-431-000-9813 C-axis clamp change
14 B-axis brake
15D solenoid valve
Chuck open/closeNACHI SA-G01-E3X-K-D2-5377A F0000-431-000-45
16 M spindle lock
17D solenoid valve
Tool clampNACHI SA-G01-C6-K-D2-5377A F0000-445-000-94
18 Turret clamp
19
D solenoid valve
Releasing the tool change arm inter-lock
NACHI SA-G01-C5-K-D2-5377A F0000-442-001-3820 Ready ST adv./ret.
21 Ready ST slide
22 Reducing valve Chuck pressure adjustment NACHI OG-G01-PC-K-21 F0011-630-000-1
23 Reducing valve C-axis brake pressure adjustment NACHI OG-G01-PC-21 F0011-620-000-11
24 Check valve Turret clamp NACHI OCP-G01-A1-21 F0040-980-000-20
25
Pressure switch
M spindle clamp
Act Denki CE615 E3040-068-00526 M spindle unclamp
27 Tool unclamp
28 B-axis unclamp
29
Pressure gauge
Chuck pressureNagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa T019-400-006-50
(Japan)
Nagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa (with psi indi-cation)
T019-400-006-51 (Overseas)
30 C-axis brake pressureNagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa T019-400-006-50
(Japan)
Nagano Keiki GV55-673 6MPa (with psi indi-cation)
T019-400-006-51 (Overseas)
31 Pressure switch Chuck pressureNagano Keiki CQ20-331-7MPA PF3/8 E3040-539-068 (Japan)
Nagano Keiki CQ20-331-7MPA/PSI PF3/8 E3040-539-067 (Overseas)
32Fixed orifice
Ready ST adv./ret.Okuma's orifice Diameter: φ1 C7868-008101
33 Ready ST slide
5347-E P-192SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
8. Air Circuit Diagram
LE11165R0400800130001
Indi
catio
n in
MPa
for J
apan
AP
E-8T
-3N
Indi
catio
n in
MPa
and
psi
for o
vers
eas
APE-
8T-3
N-FL
2587
22
(Indic
ation
in M
Pa fo
r Jap
an G
41D-
8-P02
)(In
dicati
on in
MPa
and p
si for
overs
eas G
41D-
8-PS0
3)
Mist
lubr
icatio
n
OP
M40
00-1
0-F2
8646
5(w
ith c
log
chec
ker)
STD
Phot
oelec
tric
switc
h air
blow
M-to
ol sp
indle
air p
urge
OP
OP
OP OP
Requ
ired
for o
ppos
ing
spin
dle
mod
el
OP
OP
Main
chuc
k air
blow
Oppo
sing
spind
le ch
uck
(tails
tock
) air
blow
Unit:
GFA
B41-
5-6-
12HS
-3Va
lve s
ingl
e un
it: G
FAB4
1-5-
0-12
HS-3
GFA
B41-
5-2-
12HS
-3
Thru
-spin
dle a
ir blo
w fo
r dra
inage
ATC
air b
low
End
face
air
blow
RS a
ir bl
ow
SLW
-10A
OP
(Indic
ation
in M
Pa fo
r Jap
an G
41D-
8-P1
0)(In
dicat
ion in
MPa
and
psi
for o
vers
eas
G41
D-8-
PS15
)
Auto
doo
r
SC1-
8
R300
0-10
-T8-
B
Unit:
M4G
B340
-C8-
BH-4
-3Va
lve s
ingl
e un
it: 4
GB3
49-0
0-BH
-3
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
F400
0-15
-FX1
-B
Air s
ourc
e pr
essu
re c
onfir
mat
ion
STD
FX10
11-1
5-FX
1
ADK1
1-15
A-0
2HS-
DC24
V
Air s
ourc
e pr
essu
re O
N ST
D
Inst
alle
d on
turre
t
STD
ATC
shut
ter
SC1-
8
Spar
eO
P
SLW
-10A 4G
B330
-10-
B-3
R300
0-10
-LT8
(Indi
catio
n in
MPa
for J
apan
G41
D-8-
P02)
(Indi
catio
n in
MPa
and
psi
for o
vers
eas
G41
D-8-
PS03
)
(with
clo
g ch
ecke
r)
ABSO
SCAL
ER3
000-
10-L
T8X1
M40
00-1
0-FL
2864
65M
4000
-10-
FL32
7917
OP
M40
00-1
5-SX
1
Tool
sha
nkST
D
OP
SLW
-10L
Drain
vacu
um
OP
4GB2
10-0
8-B-
3
SLW
-8A
STD
LM g
uide
prot
ectio
n co
ver
Spar
eO
P
Spar
eO
P
SC3W
-6-8
-
50 l/
min
100
L/m
in o
nly
for M
-tool
spi
ndle
100
00m
in-1
MC9
-01L
3-3H
42
TACO
3/8
φ10
100
L/m
in o
nly
for M
-tool
spi
ndle
100
00 m
in-1
Inst
alle
d on
the
colu
mn
Set p
ress
ure
0.2
MPa
Set p
ress
ure
0.13
MPa
AIR
IN
Set p
ress
ure
0.5M
Pa
Air p
anel
Inst
alle
d on
mag
azin
e
Set p
ress
ure
0.03
MPa
SCA2
-LB-
40B-
520-
T (C
KD)
M-to
ol s
pind
le
80 l/
min
50 l/
min
95 l/
min
95 l/
min
150
l/min
100
l/min
φ10
φ12
φ10
Pilo
t val
ves
φ12
φ8
1/8
CMK2
-TB-
32-7
5-B2
(CKD
)
MG
fram
e in
stal
led
AB Ej
ecto
rVR
L300
-030
204
R1/4
.3/8
.1/2
(PI
SCO
)
KZU0
0-013
ERC
1/4 (Ih
ara)
SC3W
-10-
10-I
FAB4
1-10
-5 -
12HS
B-3
(CKD
)
Spar
e
Touc
h se
tter A
Gau
ging
FAD-
10A
2HS-
3
FAD-
10A-
2HS-
3
Spar
e
Instal
led on
the c
olumn
Supp
lied
air p
ress
ure
0.5
to 0
.6 M
Pa
5347-E P-193SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
9. Piping Drawings
LE11165R0400800140001
2006
11
A
DE
TAIL
A DE
TAIL
B
B
AT
C s
hutte
r op
en/c
lose
167
168
181
178
5347-E P-194SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140002
2006
11
SE
E S
HE
ET
No.
803
185
179
180
M-a
xis
air
blow
Fro
m th
e co
lum
n m
anifo
ld
bloc
k ne
xt to
the
cont
rol b
ox
M-s
pind
le a
ir
184
AT
C s
pind
le-in
side
ai
r bl
ow
183
Thr
u-sp
indl
e dr
aini
ng a
ir bl
ow
182
M-s
pind
le p
erip
hera
l air
blow
M-s
pind
le a
ir pu
rge
5347-E P-195SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140003
2006
11
184
182
185
AT
C s
pind
le-in
side
ai
r bl
ow
M-s
pind
le
perip
hera
l air
blow
M-s
pind
le
air
purg
e
M-s
pind
le a
ir
5347-E P-196SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140004
2006
11
a
a
190
189
Rea
dy s
tatio
n ai
r bl
ow
AT
C m
agaz
ine
Rea
dy s
tatio
n ai
r bl
ow
5347-E P-197SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140005
2006
11
DE
TA
IL A
DE
TA
IL B
AB
186
187
Cha
rger
sw
itch
air
blow
Too
l sha
nk a
ir bl
ow
5347-E P-198SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140006
2006
11
95
W v
ersi
on o
nly
Tro
ugh
chip
flu
sher
Fro
m th
e co
olan
t ta
nk
5347-E P-199SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140007
2006
11
a
a
167
17
168
AT
C s
hutte
r op
en/c
lose
16
15
5347-E P-200SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140008
2006
11
Fro
m th
e A
TC
mag
azin
e
Z-a
xis
linea
r gu
ide
prot
ectio
n co
ver
Z-a
xis
linea
r gu
ide
prot
ectio
n co
ver
170
171
5347-E P-201SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140009
2006
11
DE
TA
IL A
A
178
180
1
175
177
176
179
AT
C s
hutte
r op
en/c
lose
M-s
pind
le a
ir pu
rge
M-s
pind
le a
ir bl
ow
74
74
9697
75
99 98
75
(76)
(77)
(4)
(3)
(1)
(2)
Man
ifold
blo
ck
behi
nd th
e co
lum
n
(86)
(87)
5347-E P-202SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140010
2006
11
S10
00-0
582-
012A
03
188
187
186
171
170
169
172
AT
C a
ir bl
owZ
-axi
s lin
ear
guid
e pr
otec
tion
cove
r
Fro
m th
e ai
r pa
nel
Cha
rger
sw
itch
air
blow
Too
l sha
nk
air
blow
Rea
dy s
tatio
n ai
r bl
ow
5347-E P-203SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140011
2006
11
89
88
M-s
pind
le p
erip
hera
l
Thr
u-sp
indl
e co
olan
t
Thr
u-sp
indl
e co
olan
t
M-s
pind
le p
erip
hera
l coo
lant
99
98
183
Fro
m th
e Z
-axi
s m
anifo
ld b
lock
nex
t to
the
cont
rol b
ox
Thr
u-sp
indl
e dr
aini
ng a
ir bl
owF
rom
the
turr
et
man
ifold
blo
ck
5347-E P-204SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140012
2006
11
7
8
9
Spi
ndle
coo
ling
syst
emZ
-axi
s co
olin
g sy
stem
Z-a
xis
hydr
aulic
sys
tem
Z-a
xis
man
ifold
blo
ck n
ext t
o th
e co
ntro
l box
2
1
76
81
8077
34
5347-E P-205SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140013
2006
11
7
8
65
9
Spi
ndle
hyd
raul
ic s
yste
m
44
45
10
5347-E P-206SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140014
2006
11A
TC
mag
azin
e hy
drau
lic p
ipin
gR
eady
sta
tion
air
blow
31
32
30
26
25
27
2829
188
189
Rea
dy s
tatio
n ai
r bl
ow
Rea
dy s
tatio
n ai
r bl
ow
7
5347-E P-207SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140015
2006
11A
TC
mag
azin
e hy
drau
lic p
ipin
g
33
34
5347-E P-208SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140016
2006
11
96
97
95
9293
Thr
u-sp
indl
e co
olan
t
Thr
u-sp
indl
e su
ctio
nM
-spi
ndle
pe
riphe
ral
cool
ant
Tro
ugh
chip
flu
sher
Tro
ugh
chip
flu
sher
5347-E P-209SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140017
2006
11
82
83
W v
ersi
on o
nly
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e co
olan
t
5347-E P-210SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140018
2006
11
1117
4
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e ch
uck
air
blow
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e ch
uck
cylin
der
drai
ning
61
43
51
W v
ersi
on o
nly
Lubr
icat
ion
Fro
m th
e lu
bric
atin
g oi
l tan
k
Fro
m th
e ai
r pa
nel
5347-E P-211SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140019
2006
11
TO
CO
OLA
NT
PU
MP
Chi
p flu
sher
95
53Lu
bric
atio
nF
rom
the
lubr
icat
ing
tank
(53)
(95)
Fro
m th
e lu
bric
atin
g oi
l tan
kF
rom
the
cool
ant t
ank
C v
ersi
on o
nly
5347-E P-212SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140020
2006
11C
huck
air
blow
(Mai
n-sp
indl
e si
de)
pipi
ng17
3F
rom
the
air
pane
l
5347-E P-213SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140021
2006
11ite
mP
art
Type
Sup
plie
r
1PA
NE
Lt3
.2C
KD
2A
IR F
ILT
ER
F40
00-1
5-F
X1-
BC
KD
3VA
LVE,
elec
trom
agne
ticAD
K11-
15A-
02H
S-D
C24
VC
KD
4F
X10
11-1
5-F
CK
DD
RAI
N S
EPAR
ATO
RB
410
CK
D5
OIL
MIS
T F
ILT
ER
OIL
MIS
T F
ILT
ER
M40
00-1
5-S
X1
CK
D6
DIS
TR
IBU
TOR
D30
0-10
-QC
KD
7JO
INT
J400
CK
D8
BR
AC
KE
T(T
-typ
e)
CK
D9
RE
GU
LATO
RR
3000
-10-
T8-
B
RE
GU
LATO
RR
3000
-10-
LT8
CK
D10
GA
UG
E,p
ress
ure
G41
D-8
-PS
15M
4000
-10-
FL2
8646
5B
310
CK
D11
SW
ITC
H,p
ress
ure
AP
E-8
T-3N
-FL2
5872
2
CK
D12
GA
UG
E,p
ress
ure
G41
D-8
-P10
GA
UG
E,p
ress
ure
G41
D-8
-PS
03D
401-
00-1
0
GA
UG
E,p
ress
ure
G41
D-8
-P02
CK
D13
SW
ITC
H,p
ress
ure
AP
E-8
T-3N
CK
D14
CK
D15 16 17 18 19
CK
D
CK
D
CK
DC
KD
BR
AC
KE
T(T
-typ
e)
DIS
TR
IBU
TOR
( FO
R J
AP
AN
)
( EX
CE
PT
JA
PA
N)
175
19312 13
195
196
197
198
176
169
177
191
194
192
To
the
AT
C
mag
azin
e
Pre
ssur
e sw
itch
M-s
pind
le a
ir bl
ow
M-s
pind
le a
ir pu
rge
To
the
Z-a
xis
man
ifold
bl
ock
next
to th
e co
ntro
l box
Dra
in(R
elea
se to
the
atm
osph
ere)
AT
C s
hutte
r op
en/c
lose
AT
C s
hutte
r op
en/c
lose
To
the
Z-a
xis
man
ifold
blo
ck n
ext t
o th
e co
ntro
l box
Opt
iona
lT
o th
e ai
r pa
nel
Mai
n ai
r pa
nel
M-s
pind
le
air
purg
e11
5347-E P-214SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140022
2006
11
191
174
173
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e ai
r bl
ow
Spi
ndle
air
blow
Opt
iona
l air
pane
l
Fro
m th
e m
ain
air
pane
l
5347-E P-215SECTION 7 TECHNICAL DATA
LE11165R0400800140023
200611
87
Hydraulic pressure T
Hydraulic pressure P
Turret coolant IN
Turret coolant OUT
From the Z-axis manifold block next to the control box
2
1
86
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
Publication No. Date Edition
5347-E September 2006 1st
5347-E-R1 September 2007 2nd
5347-E-R2 November 2007 3rd
5347-E-R3 February 2008 4th
This manual may be at variance with the actual product due to specification or design changes.Please also note that specifications are subject to change without notice.If you require clarification or further explanation of any point in this manual, please contact your OKUMA representative.
